full of imperfections and weake in those graces 2. Chro. 30. 19. which are necessary vnto the worthy receiuing of this holy Sacrament we will in that part of our liues which remaineth striue after more perfection and conscionably labour in the vse of all good meanes whereby we may increase our knowledge faith repentance and charity towards our neighbours And lastly earnest and hearty prayer vnto God for the remission of our sinnes for the assistance of his Spirit in our intended action for a new supply of sanctifying graces and for his blessing vpon his holy Ordinances the Word and Sacraments that they may be effectuall for the renewing and increasing of them in vs and for the strengthening of vs vnto the duties of a godly life In the action of receiuing wee are to be exercised both by meditation and action We are to meditate on the outward signes Bread and Wine and the things signified by them the precious Body and Blood of Christ as also of the Analogie and relation betweene them When we see the Bread and Wine set apart from a common to an holy vse we are to be put in mind thereby that so Christ was set apart and sealed to the office of Mediatourship that he might bee our Ioh 6. 27. Esa 49. 1 5. Prophet Priest and King and so worke that great worke of our Redemption When we see one Bread and one Wine consisting of many Graines and Grapes we are to be put in mind thereby that there is but 1. Tim. 2. 5. one Mediatour betweene Gods vs euen the man Iesus Christ and that he hath but one body the Catholike Church consisting of many members When 1. Cor. 12. 12 13. wee see the Bread broken and the Wine powred out wee are to call to mind that so the body of Christ was broken and crucified and his blood shed for our sinnes that it might be spirituall food for our soules to nourish them to life euerlasting When we see the Minister giue and deliuer the Bread and Wine we are to remember that so God offereth the Body and Blood of his Sonne to be receiued spiritually by faith of euery worthy receiuer The actions to be performed are first to receiue the Bread and Wine at the hands of the Ministers and to eate and drinke them with our bodily mouthes Secondly to performe an inward action answerable thereunto namely by the hand and mouth of faith to receiue and feed vpon Christs Body and Blood for our spirituall nourishment Thirdly to remember the infinite loue of God and his Christ to vs the one in giuing his deare Sonne the other his precious Body and Blood for our Redemption and being truely thankefull vnto them in our hearts for these inestimable benefits to set foorth their praises both by our lips and liues songs of Thankesgiuing and holy conuersation After the receiuing of the Supper we are to performe these duties First to bee perpetually thankefull vnto God the Father Sonne and holy Spirit as for all his benefits so especially for that great worke of our Redemption and for deriuing and assuring vnto vs the fruit of it by his Word Sacraments and holy Spirit Secondly wee must examine how wee haue profited by receiuing of the Supper for the satisfying of our spirituall hunger and the replenishing of our empty soules with the gifts and graces of Gods holy Spirit which were the maine ends for which we came to the Lords Table Lastly we are to performe carefully our purposes and promises made vnto God and our selues that we will conscionably and diligently vse all good meanes for the furthering of vs in the duties of repentance and a godly life CAP. VIII Of the duties required in the third and fourth Commandement §. Sect. 1 Of the sanctifying of Gods Name which is taken diuersly in the Scriptures c. and how it ought to be done THe third Commandement requireth that wee sanctifie Gods Name and glorifie him out of his publike and solemne seruice in the whole course of our liues and conuersation The Name of God signifieth diuers things in the Scriptures as first God himselfe and his attributes which are his Essence Secondly his Glory Thirdly his Titles as Iehouah Elohim Iah Fourthly his Word Fifthly his Religion Sixthly his Workes And to take it in vaine is to vse it in our thoughts words and workes rashly lightly and without iudgement or in vaine and to no end or falsly wickedly and contumeliously to his dishonour which is heere forbidden Contrariwise in this Commandement God requireth that we sanctifie and glorifie his holy Name and as it is Holy Reuerend and Glorious in it selfe so to vse it holily and reuerently in all our thoughts words and actions And on the other side he forbiddeth vs to vse Gods Name that is his attributes Titles Word Religion and Workes vainely that is rashly irreuerently and lightly vpon no iust cause or else prophanely falsly and contemptuously to Gods dishonour The mayne duties required of vs are first that wee effectually know beleeue and remember God and his attributes and also often thinke and meditate on them holily and Rom. 10. 10. reuerently that wee make profession of God and his attributes and vpon all occasions speake of them in like manner and that wee walke worthy such an holy knowledge and profession in our liues and conuersations Deut. 28. 58. Secondly that wee desire Gods glory in our hearts and indeuour Psal 50. 23. 1. Cor. 10. 31. to set it foorth by all meanes making it the matter of our speech and glorifying him by our praises and thankesgiuing and the end also of all our words and actions Thirdly that we vse Gods Titles and Names iudiciously in matters of waight and importance after a serious and reuerent manner and to a good end Fourthly that wee vse Gods Word religiously and holily reading meditating and conferring of it with a desire studie and indeuour to know remember and practise it That we make it our Schoolemaster to teach and instruct vs in all truth our chiefe 2. Tim. 3. 16. guide for the directing and reforming of our hearts and liues and the Luk. 11. 28. squire and rule according to which wee frame all our words and actions Fifthly that wee walke worthy our high calling and by our holinesse and Psal 119. 1. Act. 23. 1. 24. 16. righteousnesse adorne the Religion which we professe carrying our selues in all things vprightly in respect of God and inoffensiuely in respect of men Sixthly that in our thoughts words and actions wee make an holy and religious vse of all Gods workes both of creation and gouernment and both meditate and speake of them so as it may redound to Gods glory knowing him by his workes and glorifying him in them by Rom. 1. 19 20 21 Ps 19. 1. 139. 14. acknowledging them his workemanship and his wisedome power and goodnesse shining in them And also to our owne good imitating
and grow in grace or goodnesse who neglect to seeke God and so depriue themselues of the comfortable beames of his gracious presence Finally the Lord hath threatned to stretch out his hand and take vengeance on them Zeph. 1. 6. that haue not sought the Lord nor enquired for him yea that he will laugh at their destruction and delight himselfe in their punishments as he intimateth by comparing the day of vengeance to a day of solemne sacrifice vnto which he inuiteth his ghests that they may be spectatours of these fearefull examples and glorifie his Iustice in the deserued punishments of those who had not fought him CAP. VII Of the Christan Armour which we must put on daily and of the benefits which wee shall reape thereby §. Sect. 1 Of the seuerall parts of the Christian armour WEE haue intreated the more largely of that maine duty of seeking God as being not onely the chiefe and principall of all that are to be performed in the daily exercise but euen the roote and fountaine summe and substance of all the rest from which they spring and in which they are comprised In which respect the other that remaine to be spoken of may be passed ouer with greater breuity as being all but speciall branches of the former duty and streames that will readily naturally flow from that fountaine The third maine duty then in this daily exercise is that we put on the whole armour of God which is that we looke continually vnto our selues that we bee throughly furnished and as it were armed at all points with the maine fundamentall sanctifying and sauing graces of Gods holy Spirit whereby we may bee inabled to stand in the day of triall and to resist those daily tentations wherewith we are assaulted by our spirituall enemies The chiefe principall whereof the Apostle hath in the Epistle to the Ephesians Ephes 6. 11 12. prescribed vnto vs. The first is the girdle of verity wherby is meant that we should not onely imbrace the truth of Religion and frame our iudgements affections and actions according to the sincere and pure Word of God but also that our knowledge profession and practice be in truth and sincerity of heart carrying our selues in all things vprightly and in the integrity of a good conscience The second is the brestplate of righteousnesse whereby we vnderstand true sanctification and godlinesse consisting in an earnest desire a firme resolution and constant indeuour of conforming our whole liues according to Gods reuealed will that wee may please him in all things and haue both our persons and actions accepted in his sight The third is that our feete bee shod with the preparation of the Gospell of peace that is as souldiers that haue good shooes and leg-harnesse are thereby enabled to hold on their march in stonie and rough wayes and thorow the midst of briers and thornes whereas if they were barefooted or ill shod they would be pricked and gauled and soone tire and faint in the way So must we daily arme our affections the feete of our soules with all the sweete comforts and gracious promises of the Gospell made vnto those who hold out vnto the end and fight vntill they ouercome without which we shall soone be wearied and faint in the way seeing it is rough and vnpleasant to flesh and blood and full of the thornes and briers of afflictions and persecutions The fourth piece of the Christian armour is the shield of faith which also we must daily put on applying afresh vnto our selues Gods mercies in the merits of Christ the gracious promises of the Gospell and the satisfaction and obedience of our Sauiour and Redeemer whereby though we be neuer so weake in our owne strength we shall be enabled to resist all Satans tentations and to quench and beate backe all the fiery darts of the wicked one so as they shall not be able to wound or doe vs any harme The fifth piece which we must daily put on is the helmet of saluation that is we must continually renew 1. Thes 5. 8. and reuiue our hopes and expect and waite for with patience the accomplishment of all Gods gracious promises which by faith we beleeue and apprehend And this will notably encourage vs in all Christian duties of a godly life seeme they neuer so irkesome and tedious vnto vs when as we haue daily an eye to the recompence of reward and to indure any hard measure at the hands of the world and to drinke the deepest draught in the cup of affliction and persecution for Gods sake and the Gospels Act. 28. 10. Rom. 8 18 2. Cor. 4. 17. which wee professe when as wee assuredly hope that the greatest crosses and calamities are not worthy the glory which shall be reueiled because they are light and momentanie but the crowne of happinesse which they helpe to set vpon our heads most excellent and eternall The sixth and last piece is the sword of the Spirit the Word of God which being rightly managed is sufficient to defend our selues and offend and driue backe the Enemie as wee see in the example of our Sauiour Christ who vsed no other weapon to vanquish Satan and all his tenons We must therfore daily exercise our selues in reading and meditating in the holy Scriptures which will serue as a light to guide vs in all our wayes as a goade in our sides if wee bee sluggish as cordiall water if wee bee ready to faint with feeblenesse and as a two-handed sword to defend vs against all enemies who assault vs in the way and labour to hinder and discourage vs in our Christian course and conuersation And this armour we must put on not piecemeale but compleate and in all the parts We must not put on some parts only and let other pieces of it lye by but as the Apostle speaketh we must put on the whole armour Ephe. 6. 13. of God for if any part be wanting we shall lie open to the wounds of our spirituall enemies Neither must we put it one day on and leaue it off another but we must put it on daily seeing we are continually assaulted and haue no one day of truce till by death we haue gotten a full and finall victory It must not like armour in the time of peace lie by or hang rusting vpon the walles but we must alwaies keepe it bright and furbished fit for daily vse fast buckled vnto vs both day and night sleeping and waking seeing we are continually in the battaile encountred at all times and euen euery houre with the tentations of our spiritual enemies And to this end we must continually keepe the Christian watch as the Apostle exhorteth Ephe. 6. 18. that wee be not through our sloth and sluggishnesse surprized at vnawares And because it is not armour of our owne making and prouiding but of Gods owne workemanship and of his free gift whereof it is called The Armour of God and seeing
and stretch out our hands towards him If iniquity be in our Iob 11. 13 14. hand we must put it away and not let wickednesse dwell in our tabernacles For if we doe not wash and make vs cleane and put away the euill of our doings but come before him defiled in our sins then though wee spread forth our hands Esa 1. 15 16. God will hide his eyes from vs and when we make many prayers he wil not heare CAP. XIIII Of such things as are required as essentiall vnto prayer §. Sect. 1 That we must pray in truth with attention and not with wandring thoughts IN respect of the action many things are required both in regard of the substance and circumstances Of the former 1. Iohn 5. 14. Iam. 4. 3. sort are the essentials of prayer as 1. in generall that it bee according to Gods reuealed will for if wee frame not our prayers according to this rule we shall goe awry and asking amisse obtaine nothing More especially there is required that wee worship God internally with our hearts as well as externally with our bodies and that we powre forth our soules vnto him in our prayers as Hannah 1. Sam. 1. 15. Psalm 25. 1. Lam. 3. 41. did so as we may say with Dauid Vnto thee O Lord I lift vp my soule and with the afflicted Church Let vs lift vp our heart with our hands vnto God in the heauens For God is a Spirit and will be worshipped in spirit and truth Ioh. 4. 24. Prou. 23. 26. Ier. 29. 13. and aboue all other seruice he requireth the seruice of the heart seeing all other without it is but meere hypocrisie Neither can we hope to obtaine any thing at Gods hands vnlesse our prayers proceed from sincere and vpright hearts seeing he hath limited his promise of hearing only to such according to that of the Psalmist The Lord is neere vnto all that call vpon Psal 145. 18. him to all that call vpon him in truth Let vs therefore take heed when wee call vpon God that our prayer be in truth and not onely the words of the mouth but the prayer of the soule And to this end that we doe with like care auoyd praying with a lying tongue and deceitfull lips when as wee Psal 17. 1. and 119. 7. aske those things with our mouthes which wee desire not in our hearts like those hypocriticall Israelites of whom the Lord complaineth that they had spoken lies against him not crying vnto him with their heart when Hos 7. 13 14. they howled vpon their beds Secondly praying with wandring thoughts hauing when we direct our speech in prayer vnto God our mindes and hearts rouing about worldly vanities and our earthly affaires without either respect to Gods presence or the suits that we haue in hand For this is a grosse abuse of Gods Maiesty which wee are ashamed to offer to our superiours yea euen to our equals speaking vnto them and yet not minding what we say It discouereth great irreuerence and neglect of Gods glorious presence who beholding the secrets of our hearts seeth how far they and our tongues are one from another It argueth great security and hardnesse of heart when as we thus approch into his presence and offer vnto him such heartlesse sacrifices not fearing that dreadfull speech sealed and confirmed by such a terrible example that the Lord will be sanctified and glorified in them that come nigh him either in his mercies or in his Leuit. 10. 2 3. iudgements It makes prayer to bee no prayer but lip-labour and the wind of words which is not the language of the mouth but the speech of the heart It causeth vs to spend our labour in vaine when as we minde not what we say For how shall God vouchsafe to vnderstand our suits when as we our selues will take no notice of them Or how shall he giue vs his rich graces of greatest value when as wee so meanely esteeme them that we can coldly and carelesly aske them at his hands and not thinke them worthy the minding and affecting in our soules and hearts §. Sect. 2 That we must with all diligence banish out of our minds all wandring thoghts and the means hereof And yet seeing through the malice of the diuell and our owne corruption we are euen at our best apt to fall into this foule infirmity let vs with Jer. â2 40. Psal 86. 11. all care and diligence looke to our hearts when wee performe this duty and earnestly desire the Lord to tye them fast vnto himselfe in the bonds of his feare that they may not in this holy exercise slip aside and depart from him And if wee finde our sinfull flesh so sluggish and secure so worldly and earthly-minded that it dulleth our deuotion and stealeth and carryeth euery hand while our hearts away after things impertinent if not worldly and carnall I think it a good course in our priuate prayer to repeate that againe in which wee were distracted labouring in our repetition to call our hearts backe to ioyne with our voyce seeing heereof commeth a double benefit first that wee shall haue our suites more powerfully offered vnto God when as they are propounded in this hearty manner And secondly hereby we shall tame the flesh and make it not so eager to interrupt vs in these holy duties when as the spirituall part imposeth vpon it this punishment by way of reuenge for its sloth and worldlinesse to make it to continue so much the longer at this exercise vnto which naturally it is so backward and auerse and not to feed it selfe vpon any worldly thoughts wherein it wholly delighteth till it haue first waited on the Spirit and suffered it without interruption to refresh it selfe with this heauenly breakfast Let vs meditate also on that glorious presence before whom we stand who looketh not so much to the phrase of our words and the well-running stile of our speech as to the discourse of our soules and hearts which being so full of distractions and senselesse rauings and rouings from the matter one while speaking to God and as it were with the same breath and in the middest of a sentence breaking off and speaking to the world iumbling and confusedly mingling things spirituall and carnall heauenly and earthly holy and profane how can it be but vgly and mis-shapen in his sight being like Anticke-worke consisting of monstrous compositions wherein the body of a bird and the taile of a serpent the face and fore-part of a man and the hind-part and legs of a beast or the taile of a fish are ioyned together Let vs thinke vpon the excellency profit and necessity of those gifts and graces which in our prayers wee desire of God and how infinitely they excell those worldly vanities which Satan and our owne flesh doe cast into our minds to distract vs in our suites Vnto vvhose suggestions it is no lesse folly to listen then
foorth the fruits of our inward sincerity in our outward practice that men seeing the light of our Mat. 5. 16. 1. Pet. 2. 12. godly liues may take occasion thereby to glorifie our heauenly Father for heerein he is glorified if wee bring foorth much fruit the which being Ioh. 15. 8. the maine and supreme end of all things we are in whatsoeuer wee doe chiefly to aime at it as the Apostle exhorteth Thirdly wee must ioyne 1. Cor. 10. 31. outward conformity vnto our inward sincerity to testifie our thankefulnesse vnto God for his innumerable benefits both spirituall and corporall without which we shall fall into the vice of vngratitude which is so odious both to God and men In respect of our neighbours also wee must approoue our inward piety by our outward practice that wee may edifie them by our good example for if our lights shine before them they will glorifie our Father which is in heauen if we haue our conuersation honest among Mat. 5. 16. 1. Pet. 2. 12. vnbeleeuers they will giue glory to God in the day of their visitation Secondly to auoyd offence which they are ready to take when they see our conuersation 2. Cor. 6. 3. contrary to our profession Now we must giue no offence in any thing because there is a fearefull woe denounced against those by whom offences Mat. 18. 7. come and that iustly because as much as in them lyeth they destroy those for whom Christ hath died Thirdly that we may hereby gaine them 1. Cor. 8. 11. to Christ when they see our holy conuersation coupled with feare Wherein we are to follow the Apostles example who pleased all men in all things not 1. Pet. 3. 1 2. seeking his owne profit but of many that they might be saued In respect of our selues we are to approue our sincerity by our outward practice in an holy conuersation that heereby we may be assured that our hearts are vpright before God seeing the goodnesse of the tree can no otherwise be knowne Mat. 7. 17. Iam. 2. 27. then by the good fruits which it beareth nor the life of Grace discerned but by the breath of holy and righteous words and actions Secondly because we can no otherwise haue the peace of a good conscience in the assurance of our election and saluation vnlesse we bring foorth in our liues the 2. Pet. 1. 10. fruits of sanctification Thirdly because by our outward obedience our inward graces are exercised and by exercise increased which otherwise will faint and languish Neither will God giue vs the Talents of his graces vnlesse we will put them out to vse that he may be glorified and our brethren aduantaged by their increase Whereas if like good Vines we be fruitfull in the duties of piety and righteousnesse he will purge and prune vs that Joh. 15. 2. we may bring forth more fruit Fourthly that we may adorne our profession when as we walke worthy that high calling whereunto we are called and approoue Eph. 4. 1. Mat. 5. 48. our selues to be the children of God and heires of heauen by resembling our heauenly Father in holinesse and righteousnesse according to that of the Apostle As he that hath called you is holy so bee ye holy in all 1. Pet. 1. 15 16 17. manner of conuersation Because it is written Be ye holy for I am holy And if ye call him Father who without respect of persons iudgeth according to euery mans worke passe the time of your soiourning heere in feare §. Sect. 3 That Christian apologie and outward profession of the Truth is required Now as wee are to exercise the wholy body in the outward practice of obedience and the duties of a godly life as our eyes in seeing our eares in hearing c. so especially must we approoue our practice of piety both by our words and workes By our words both by Christian profession and holy communication For if our hearts bee vpright before God and serue him in sincerity and truth then will wee make an outward profession of what wee inwardly beleeue namely that God is our God and we his Children and seruants and that wee imbrace his truth of Religion and will in all things conforme our selues vnto his reuealed will So the Apostle saith that as with the heart man beleeueth vnto righteousnesse Rom. 10. 10. so with the mouth hee confesseth to saluation And the Psalmist I beleeued Psal 116. 10. and therefore I spake the which as it was his owne practice as appeareth in those words I will declare thy Name vnto my brethren in the Psal 22. 22 23. middest of the Congregation will I praise thee so in the next words hee telleth vs that it is generally the practice of all that feare God Yee that feare the Lord praise him all yee the seede of Iacob glorifie him The which profession of our faith ought not to bee forced and constrained but free and liberall as oft as wee haue any hope thereby to glorifie God or edifie those that heare vs according to that of the Apostle Peter Sanctifie the Lord God in your hearts and bee ready alwayes to giue an 1. Pet. 3. 15. answere to euery man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekenesse and feare For otherwise if our profession is likely to tend to Gods dishonour by exposing his Truth to skorne and blasphemy and our persons to the rage and violence of prophane miscreants our Sauiours rule must take place Cast not that which is holy vnto Dogs nor pearles Mat. 7. before Swine c. And as wee are to bee free and cheerefull in our profession so also to bee bold and couragious not fearing the face of man nor denying or suppressing the truth for feare or fauour either to please men or to auoyd our owne trouble according to the example of Dauid who professeth that hee would speake of Gods Testimonies Psal 119. 46. before Kings and would not bee ashamed and the Apostle Paul who professed before the Gouernour that after that way which was called Act. 24. 14. heresie by the enemies of Gods Trueth hee worshipped the God of his Fathers beleeuing all that was written in the Law and the Prophets To which purpose wee are alwayes to remember that saying of our Sauiour Christ Whosoeuer shall confesse mee before men him will I confesse also before Mat. 10. 32 33. my Father which is in heauen But whosoeuer shall deny mee before men him will I also deny before my Father which is in heauen Secondly vvee must testifie our integrity of heart by our holy communication the principall scope whereof must bee the glory of God according to the example of Dauid who professeth that hee had not hid Gods righteousnesse Psal 40. 10. within his heart but had declared his faithfulnesse and saluation and had not concealed his louing kindnesse from the great
Congregation And next vnto it our speech must tend to the furthering of our owne saluation and edification of our brethren For if our hearts bee sincere and holy such also will our conferences bee as before wee haue shewed more at large §. Sect. 4 That we must practise what we know in our works and actions Secondly with our words and outward profession wee must ioyne also our workes and actions in doing seruice vnto God without which wee cannot approoue our hearts to bee vpright before him Neither is it sufficient to make vs accepted of God that wee speake religiously and make a glorious profession of the Truth vnlesse our practice be sutable in the works of holinesse and righteousnesse It is not enough as our Sauiour hath taught vs to cry Lord Lord for entring into Gods Kingdom vnlesse we Mat. 7. 21 23. do the wil of his Father which is in heauen no nor yet that we haue prophecied and preached in his Name seeing we shal be excluded depart from him if we be workers of iniquity For not the hearers and talkers of the Law but the Rom. 2. 13. doers therof shall be iustified Neither will God render vnto vs according to our outward profession but according to our deeds we shal receiue at Christs Rom. 2. 6. 2. Cor. 5. 10. Tit. 1. 16. appearing to Iudgement not according to our words and shewes but according to that we haue done whether it be good or bad Yea in truth bare profession without practice doth make vs the more odious in Gods sight And if we deny God in our works whoÌ we professe to know with our words we become abominable hypocrits who dishonour him more by their sins then any other In which regard the Lord would haue none to make profession of Religion who do not indeuour to practise what they know in their liues What hast thou to doe to declare my Statutes or that thou shouldest take my Couenant Psal 50. 16. into thy mouth seeing thou hatest instruction and castest my words behind thee And such our Sauiour reprooueth Why call ye me Lord Lord and doe Luk. 6. 46. not the things which I say Before therefore we compasse Gods Altar to offer vnto him with our tongues the sacrifice of praise wee must first with Dauid wash our hands in innocencie If we would approoue the sincerity of Psal 26. 6. our faith outward confession of the Truth we must with those beleeuers in the Acts of the Apostles shew it by our deeds If we would make it manifest Act. 19. 18. that our harts are inwardly inflamed with the loue of God we must shew it by our actions rather then by our words according to that of our Sauiour If ye loue me keepe my Commandements And againe He that hath my John 14. 15 21. Commandements and keepeth them is he that loueth me Yee are my friends if ye doe whatsoeuer I command you Iohn 15. 14. §. Sect. 5 Diuers reasons perswading vs to good workes By all which it appeareth that vnto the duties of a godly life there is required reall practice in our workes as well as verball profession with our mouthes neither doth an holy profession alone make any man holy but only bindeth him to the duties of holinesse The which though it bee acknowledged of all men yet because it fareth with the most as with men grieuously sicke who hauing lost their appetite approoue good meate in their iudgment and discourse but when they are mooued to eate of it put it by because it is lothsome to their corrupted stomacks therefore it will not be amisse that we inforce this point a little further that I may set an edge on their appetite and as the Apostle requireth may prouoke them vnto Heb. 10. 24. loue and good workes First therefore let vs consider that as the Lord requireth an vpright heart and holy profession so also the fruits of them both in good workes For he would haue vs not onely hearers of his Word but also doers of it and chargeth vs to doe good vnto all to be rich in good workes Iam. 1. 22. Gal. 6. 10. 1. Tim. 6. 17 18. 2. Thes 3. 13. Tit. 2. 14. Luk. 1. 74 75. 1. Tim. 2. 10. and neuer weary of well-doing Secondly that he hath created vs vnto good workes that we should walke in them and redeemed vs that wee should not onely doe good workes but also bee zealous in doing of them Thirdly that they are the chiefe ornaments of Christians which much more decke and beautifie them in the sight of God and all good men then all Iewels gold and gorgeous apparell Fourthly let vs consider the exceeding profit of them seeing God doth richly reward them both in this life and the life to come Fifthly that they are notable and singular meanes to assure vs of all Gods graces in this life and eternal happinesse in the life to come whereby we attaine vnto spirituall comfort peace of conscience and ioy in the holy Ghost For they are the assured signes of our election and effectuall calling seeing if we doe these things we shall neuer fall They are the 2. Pet. 1. 10. fruits of our regeneration and new birth whereby wee are assured of our spirituall life euen as the naturall life is knowne by action and motion and that we are trees of righteousnesse which Gods owne hand hath planted for the tree is knowne by the fruits seeing a good tree cannot bring foorth Math. 7. 17. 12. 33. those which are euill nor an euill those which are good They assure vs of our iustification for he that doth righteousnesse is righteous as the Apostle Iohn 1. Job 3. 7. Rom. 2. 13. telleth vs. They are signes of our adoption and spirituall kindred with Christ for they that heare the Word and doe it are his brethren and sisters By them we may be assured that our wisedome is spirituall and heauenly according Mat. 12. 50. to that of the Apostle Iames Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge amongst you Let him shew out of a good conuersation his workes with Iam. 3. 13. meekenesse of wisedome That our faith also is liuely and iustifying For they and they onely doe truely beleeue in God who are carefull to maintaine good workes seeing as it inwardly purifieth the heart so also it worketh outwardly Tit. 3. 8. Act. 15. 9. Gal. 5. 6. Iam. 2. 14. 17. 26. by loue And therefore the Apostle Iames concludeth that such a faith as bringeth not forth these fruits doth nothing profit vs for our iustification and saluation because it is dead and not a liuing body but a dead carkasse which breatheth not So that though workes doe not iustifie vs but faith onely for wee are first made righteous before wee can bring foorth the fruits of righteousnesse yet that faith which is alone doth not iustifie vs because it is a dead faith
desire thine is the power might whereby thou art able to grant our requests and thine also is the glory both of giuing all good things and also of all good things giuen and therefore thou wilt be willing to heare our suits seeing they tend to the aduancement of thy glory And so Lord we ascribe vnto thee vniuersall Kingdom whereby thou rulest and gouernest all things and acknowledge thy wisdome power and prouidence to thy prayse in disposing of them at thy pleasure we acknowledge and ascribe vnto thee the glorie of being our King who preseruest and defendest vs rulest and gouernest vs with the Scepter of thy Word holy Spirit We ascribe vnto thee all power wherby thou art able to doe whatsoeuer thou wilt and magnifie thy Name for keeping ruling vs with this power vnto saluation We render vnto thee all glorie and the deserued praise of all thy goodnesse magnifying thee according to the multitude of thy mercies and the excellencie of thy gifts wherewith thou hast inriched vs desiring that wee may ascribe all the good wee haue done or can doe to thy glorie as being the supreme end of all things And this thy Kingdome Power and Glory wee doe not limit with the longest time but ascribe them vnto thee from euerlasting to euerlasting euen as thou thy selfe art without beginning or ending And thus holy and heauenly Father we testify our faith and the truth of our desires by saying Amen and giue the assent of our hearts to the words of our mouthes in all our petitions beleeuing that thou in thy good time wilt grant all our suites which we haue made according to thy will as shall best stand with thy Glory and our saluation in which perswasion we conclude our prayers and attend thy leisure through Iesus Christ our Lord. Amen A priuate Prayer for the Morning O Lord our God most glorious in maiesty and omnipotent in power who fillest heauen and earth with thy presence and yet in a more speciall manner vouchsafest to dwell with those who are of a broken heart and contrite spirit to heare and helpe them in all their necessities I thy poore humble seruant in the mediation of Iesus Christ doe make bold to approch into thy glorious and dreadfull presence that I may lay open before thee my wretched estate and condition by reason of my manifold and grieuous sinnes and those fearefull punishments both temporall and eternall vnto which by their guilt they haue most iustly obliged mee For though thou diddest create me holy and righteous according vnto thine owne Image yet I haue falne from that state of innocency and blessednesse in the loynes of my first father Adam and by beeing guilty of his sinne am become also liable to his punishment And as I am partaker of his sinne by imputation as being one of his taynted posterity so also of the corruption of his nature by propagation the which like a fretting leprosie or running canker hath wholy ouerspred all the powers and parts of my soule and body vtterly disabling them vnto all duties of thy seruice and making them the ready instruments of sinne and Satan And whereas in their creation they were fit habitations for thine owne Maiesty to dwell in by thy Spirit through this naturall corruption they became cages of vncleane birds yea noysome sinkes exhaling and breathing out the lothsome sent and poysonous vapours of carnall concupiscence and filthy lusts Mine vnderstanding is so darkened with ignorance that it is naturally vnacquainted with thy will and waies and though it bee wise to euill yet vnto that which is good I haue no knowledge my carnall reason and wisedome is enmity against thee and vnderstandeth not the things of thy Spirit but so foolish it is that it iudgeth them foolishnesse My iudgement is so corrupted that it hath no spirituall discerning being ready to mistake euill for good falshood for truth and wrong for right My conscience is either seared or superstitious either senselesse of sinne or scared with shadowes my minde and imaginations are onely and continually euill rouing wholy after earthly things and neuer minding spirituall and heauenly My memory is become a storehouse of iniquity with which it is so fully fraughted that there is no roome for good instructions and the rich treasures of thy sauing Truth My will is so corrupted that it standeth in flat opposition to thine holy will approuing and chusing that which thou dislikest and condemnest and refusing and abhorring that which thou likest and commandest My heart is wholy turned from thee and cleaueth to world and earthly vanities and is full of infidelity security and impenitency hardned in sinne and vnflexible to all good Mine affections are wholy corrupted and disordred louing fearing and trusting in the creature more then in the Creator and all the members and parts of my body are sluggish and slothfull vnto all duties of thy seruice but the apt and ready instruments of my sinfull soule for the acting of all manner of wickednesse From which cursed fountaine of originall corruption haue plentifully flowed those poisonous streams of actuall transgressions whereby I haue violated broken thy whole Law in thought word and deede For in stead of doing thy Law I haue wholy transgressed it in stead of obseruing the duties commanded I haue committed the vices forbidden in stead of continuing in obedience I haue continually disobeyed it from my tender infancy to this present day A great part of my time I haue lien starke dead in trespasses and sinnes not being able to thinke a good thought or entertayne a good desire because both my minde and will were enslaued vnto Satan in the chaynes of sin And all this while my eares were deafe mine eyes blinded and my heart without vnderstanding so as I could neyther heare see nor discerne the things which concerned thy glory and mine owne saluation but vtterly neglected thy many and gracious calls inuiting me to thy seruice Yea Lord since the time that thou hast through thy mighty power and of thy mere grace quickned and raysed me from this death of sinne how haue I like Lazarus come out of the graue bound hand and foote and still so fettred and hampred with the relikes of my corruptions that I walke slowly and lamely in the wayes of thy Commandements oftentimes neglecting vpon euery slight occasion the duties of holinesse and righteousnesse and oftentimes performing them with such weakenesse and imperfection as it is hard to say whether they were not better vndon then so done O how often doe I forget euen the mayne end for which I liue namely that by glorifying thee I may liue eternally and as though I were a citizen of the earth how haue I my conuersation here spending my thoughts and strength about worldly vanities which profit not and not so much as minding spirituall and heauenly things How slowly alas do I come to the duties of thy seruice who art so infinitely bountifull in thy
as the end of all our actions 13 CAP. III. Of the maine matter of a godly life namely that it must be framed according to Gods will in holinesse righteousnesse and sobriety 14 Sect. 1 That we can no otherwise please God then by framing our liues according to his will 14 2 That not Gods secret but reuealed will must be the rule of our liues and actions 15 3 Reasons prouing that wee can no otherwise please God then by doing his will 15 4 Of the speciall duties wherein a godly life chiefly consisteth 18 CAP. IIII. Of the forme and manner how all Christian duties ought to be performed namely with feruency of desire a settled resolution and earnest indeuour to please God in all things 19 Sect. 1 That these desires resolutions and indeuours are required of all those who will serue and please God 19 2 That all Euangelicall obedience consisteth chiefly in these desires resolutions and indeuours 20 3 That they must not be faint and weak but feruent and earnest 21 4 That they must be intire and totall both in respect of the subiect and obiect 22 5 That our desires resolutions and indeuours must aime at the meanes as well as at the end 23 6 That they must not be lazie and idle but diligent and painfull 23 7 That they must not bee by fits and flashes but constant and durable 24 CAP. V. Of sauing knowledge which is the first maine ground of a godly life How necessary it is and the causes of it 25 Sect. 1 Of the maine grounds of a godly life 25 2 That sauing knowledge is the prime vertue and mother grace from which all others haue their beginning 25 3 That ignorance estrangeth vs from God and the life of grace and glory 27 4 That God is the chiefe Authour and efficient cause of sauing knowledge 28 5 Of the instrumentall causes of sauing knowledge 29 CAP. VI. Of the obiect of sauing knowledge namely God himselfe and his attributes his Word and workes 30 Sect. 1 That there is a God and how we may know it 30 2 Who this God is and how he may be described 30 3 Of Gods attributes and how they are ascribed vnto God 30 4 Of Gods primary attributes and how they may be described 31 5 Of Gods secondary attributes and how they differ from those shadowes of them which are in the creatures 31 6 What Gods secondary attributes are and how they may be described 32 7 Of the persons in Trinity 33 8 Of the knowledge of Gods workes and first of his decree 34 9 Of the execution of Gods decree in mans Creation fall and misery 34 10 Of our recouery out of our misery 35 CAP. VII Of the quantity and quality of sauing knowledge and how necessary it is to a godly life 36 Sect. 1 Of the quantity of knowledge and the diuers degrees of it 36 2 Of the quality of our knowledge that it may be effectuall 38 3 That this sauing knowledge is necessary to a godly life 38 4 Of the meanes of sauing knowledge 39 CAP. VIII Of a liuely and iustifying faith which is the second maine ground of a godly life 40 Sect. 1 That without faith wee cannot performe any duty of a godly life 40 2 That faith and a godly life are inseparable companions 41 3 That they deceiue themselues who dis-ioyne faith from a godly life 42 4 Of a generall faith 43 5 Of iustifying faith what it is and what is required vnto it 43 6 Of the degrees of faith and how they are wrought in vs. 45 7 That the duties of a godly life hold a proportion with our faith whether it be weake or strong 46 CAP. IX Of the meanes whereby wee may obtaine a liuely faith and daily increase it from the least to the highest degree 47 Sect. 1 Of fiue speciall meanes whereby we may obtaine a liuely faith 47 2 Of the sixth meanes 48 3 Of the meanes whereby wee may attaine vnto fulnesse of perswasion 49 4 Of that speciall faith whereby we apply Christ for our sanctification 50 5 Of the meanes whereby wee may strengthen our faith in the assurance of our sanctification 50 CAP. X. Of the third ground of a godly life which is a pure heart 52 Sect. 1 Of a pure heart what it is and from whence it ariseth 52 2 That all true fruits of godlines spring from a pure heart 52 3 That God chiefly desireth the heart aboue all other parts 53 4 That God respecteth no duty vnlesse it proceed from a pure heart 54 5 That all sound repentance must begin at the heart 55 6 Wherein purenesse of heart consisteth 55 7 Of the causes of the hearts purity 57 CAP. XI Of the signes of a pure heart and of the meanes whereby wee may obtaine and preserue it 58 Sect. 1 Of the inward signes of a pure heart 58 2 Of the outward signes of a pure heart 59 3 That it is a good meanes of a pure heart highly to esteeme it 59 4 Of the manifold euils which accompany a polluted heart 61 5 That faith is a chiefe meanes of a pure heart 61 6 Of the meanes to preserue the purity of our hearts the first whereof is to watch ouer them 62 7 The second meanes is to preserue them from all sinne 63 8 The third meanes is to auoyd the occasions of sinne 64 9 The fourth meanes is often to examine our hearts in the sight of God 64 10 The fifth meanes is to be continually taken vp in holy exercises 65 CAP. XII Of Conscience in generall the nature properties and effects of it 65 Sect. 1 That the nature of conscience may partly be knowne by the name 65 2 What conscience is being generally considered 66 3 Of the diuers offices of conscience 67 4 That conscience hath all its power and authority from God onely 68 CAP. XIII Of a good Conscience which is a maine ground of a godly life what it is and the causes of it 69 Sect. 1 What a good conscience is and what is the efficient cause that worketh it in vs. 69 2 Of the meritorious cause of a good conscience 69 3 Of the instrumentall causes 70 4 That a good conscience springeth from a liuely faith 71 CAP. XIIII Of the actions and effects of a good conscience of the peace which it truly speaketh and how it differeth from the false peace of secure worldlings 72 Sect. 1 That a good conscience speaketh goodnesse and peace onely 72 2 That it speaketh peace according to the truth of Gods Word 73 3 The differences betweene the peace of a good and bad conscience as first that the peace of the wicked proceedeth from ignorance of their estate 73 4 That the peace of a good conscience proceedeth from spirituall life of an euill from senselesnesse and deadnesse 74 5 That the peace of the wicked proceedeth from carnall security 75 6 That the peace of an euill conscience proceedeth from worldly imployments 76 CAP.
carriage and conuersation whereby we please God in all things by doing his will reuealed in the Scriptures more specially a godly life consisteth in our walking before him in the duties of piety righteousnesse and sobriety with faith a pure heart and good conscience all the dayes of our liues In which words three things are contained First the duties which in this godly life are to be performed Secondly the foundation vpon which they are grounded and the fountaines from which they ought to flow Thirdly their time of continuance and how long by vs they are to be performed The duties of a godly life are all referred vnto three heads First piety towards God which compriseth in it all Religion the whole worship and seruice of God both publike and priuate with the matter manner time meanes and all circumstances and in a word all the duties required in the first table Secondly righteousnesse towards our neighbours whereby we deale with them as we would haue them to deale with vs and giue vnto euery one their owne behauing our selues iustly with all and mercifully with all those who need our helpe Thirdly sobriety and temperance towards our selues whereby we possesse our vessels in purity and honour as it becommeth the Temples of the holy 1. Tim. 2. 5. Ghost Secondly there is heere expressed certaine fundamentall vertues vpon which our vertuous and godly actions ought to bee grounded and from which they must spring and flow if we would haue them acceptable vnto God namely a liuely faith without which wee cannot please him a pure heart from which as a fountaine floweth all true obedience and a good conscience purged from dead workes by the precious blood of Christ which warranteth all our actions done in faith as approoued of God and so inciteth and incourageth vs to bring foorth the fruits of new obedience when as wee know that our persons and all our actions are accepted of God in Iesus Christ And lastly heere is expressed the time how long wee are to continue in the doing of the duties of a godly life namely not for a while no nor yet for a long time together but indefinitely wee are to continue in bringing foorth these fruits of obedience throughout the whole course of our liues and as the Apostle teacheth vs neuer bee weary of well-doing But of these points I shall haue occasion to speake more largely afterwards and therefore 2. Thes 3. 13. will content my selfe for the present thus briefly to haue touched them for the explaining of the former description of a godly life CAP. IIII. Of the forme and manner how all Christian duties ought to bee performed namely with feruency of desire a settled resolution and earnest indeuour to please God in all things §. Sect. 1 That these desires resolutions and indeuours are required of all those who will serue and please God ANd so I come from the matter of it and the duties therein required to speake of the forme and manner how they may be so performed as that they may bee acceptable in Gods sight And heereunto there concurre three things First feruencie of desire Secondly a settled resolution And thirdly an hearty and earnest indeuour to please God in all things by doing his will in the duties of pietie righteousnesse and sobriety First our hearts must be inflamed with feruent desires to please God in all things and to doe his will in as great perfection heere on earth as the Angels and Saints doe it in heauen although we cannot possibly in this state of sinne and corruption attaine vnto it So the Church professeth of her selfe In the way of Esa 26. 8 9. thy iudgements O Lord haue we waited for thee the desire of our soule is to thy name and to the remembrance of thee with my soule haue I desired thee in the night yea with my spirit within me will I seeke thee early The which desires breake out into longing wishes after that perfection which we cannot as yet compasse as we see in Dauid O that my wayes were directed to keepe thy Psal 119. 5. statutes And are accompanied with bitter griefe and lamentable complaints when as we finde them crossed with our corruption and defeated by the tentations of the deuill and the world as we see in the Apostles example To will is present with me but how to performe that which is good I find Ro. 7. 18 19 c. not For the good that I would I doe not but the euill which I would not that I doe c. for I delight in the Law of God after the inner man but I see another law in my members warring against the Law of my minde and bringing me into captiuity to the law of sinne which is in my members O wretched man that I am who shall deliuer mee from the body of this death And this feruent desire of the heart to please God by doing his will is alwayes accompanied with an vndanted resolution and settled purpose of the will to shake off all delayes and breake thorow all difficulties which hinder vs in our course and with all care and good conscience to vse all helpes whereby we may be inabled and furthered in Gods seruice And thus Dauid resolueth that he will keepe Psal 119. 8 30 32 33 34. Gods statutes I haue chosen the way of truth thy iudgements haue I laid before me I will runne the way of thy Commandements when thou shalt inlarge my heart Teach me O Lord the way of thy statutes and I shall keepe it vnto the end Giue me vnderstanding and I shall keepe thy Word yea I shall obserue it with my whole heart And from this desire of the heart and resolution of the will there followeth an earnest indeuour in the whole man of conforming all our powers and parts words and workes intentions and actions to the will of God that we may in all things please him and glorifie his name by hauing the light of our liues shining before men according Matth. 5. 16. to the exhortation of the Apostle Whether ye eate or drinke or whatsoeuer 1. Cor. 10. 31. ye doe doe all to the glory of God §. Sect. 2 That all Euangelicall obedience consisteth chiefly in these desires resolutions and indeuours And in these desires resolutions and indeuours doth consist the very forme and essence of a godly life it being the top of that perfection which Act. 11. 23. we can attaine vnto in this state of imperfection This is that Euangelicall obedience which in the Gospel is required of vs as we see in the Acts of the Apostles where Barnabas exhorteth the Church of Antioch not to performe that perfect obedience which the Law exacteth which was a yoke too heauy for any to beare but that with purpose of heart they would cleaue vnto the Lord. Vnto which also the Gospel inableth vs being made powerfull and effectuall by Gods grace and the inward operation of his
is signified that Exod. 33. 20. the diuine essence is vndiuided and absolute without composition parts or accidents inuisible impassible and all essence so that whatsoeuer is in God is God His Infinitenesse is whereby is signified that hee is in his essence vncircumscribed and aboue all measure of time place or any thing else but simply immense and incomprehensible The Eternity of God is Psal 102. 27 28. Apoc. 1. 8. Esay 44. 6. an essentiall attribute which signifieth that he is infinite and vncircumscribed by time first and last without beginning or ending absolute without succession wholy all alwaies and at once His immensity is an essentiall Psal 139. 7. 145. 3. Ier. 23. 23. 1. King 8. 27. attribute whereby is signified that the diuine essence is without dimension and circumscription of place wholy euery where present within the world and without the world contayning all things and being contained of nothing His Immutability is an essentiall property whereby is signified that the diuine nature being infinite absolute most simple Mat. 3. 6. Iam. 1. 17. Psal 102. 28. and perfect is subiect to no change of generation corruption augmentation or diminution passion or alteration but euer remaineth one and the same His all-sufficiencie is an essentiall property of the diuine essence whereby is signified that in himselfe alone he is most perfect and absolute and in all things sufficient both for himselfe and for all creatures Finally Gen. 17. 1. Mat. 15. 48. Iob 42. 1. Mat. 19. 26. his Omnipotency is an essentiall property of Gods nature whereby is signified his infinite and transcendent power whereby he is able to doe all things which are not repugnant to his nature and will §. Sect. 5 Of Gods secondary attributes and how they differ from those shadowes of them which are in the creatures The secondary attributes of God are those which are spoken of God in a secondary relation as he is the first and the chiefe Agent working in the creatures especially man some similitudes and resemblances of his owne essentiall attributes which are therfore though improperly called communicable in respect of some analogie and likenesse that they haue with the properties which are in the creatures For there is no perfection or good thing in them to be desired of which the Idea and arch-type is not in God most absolute infinite and eternall But as they are essentiall properties of Gods nature they cannot be communicated to any creature seeing they are most simple and indiuisible but only as it were some shewes and shadowes of them which in many respects differ from those attributes which are in God for in him they are his essence and by it he liueth vnderstandeth and is good gracious and iust but in the creatures they are qualities and bare properties In him they are all most perfect infinite absolute and most excellent immutable and eternall in which regard he may be sayd not only to be wise iust good and blessed but wisdome iustice goodnesse and blessednesse it selfe So that these secondary attributes in God being his nature and essence are to be vnderstood by the primary as by their rule and measure and therefore are to be attributed vnto him most perfectly simply infinitely and absolutely But in the creatures the qualities which are some similitudes of these attributes are mixt imperfect finite and mutable In God all and euery his attributes being his essence they can be but one as his essence is one simple and indiuisible so that by the same essence whereby he is wise he is also true and that by which he is good he is also iust mercifull and blessed But in the creatures their properties are diuers and differ from one another in their formes and operations For by one faculty a man is wise and willeth by another and his qualities of iustice mercy goodnesse truth are different properties one from another §. Sect. 6 What Gods secondary attributes are and how they may be described Now these secondary attributes of God though they be all but one in him yet in our comprehension and conceit who can only iudge of them according to their seuerall kinds of working towards the creatures they are manifold as Gods life and immortality his wisedome truth will goodnesse holinesse beneficence loue grace mercy clemency long suffering patience his iustice anger and hatred all which are needefull to be knowne of euery Christian not onely that wee may take notice of Gods actions and operations towards vs but also may accordingly frame our actions and liues that so being agreeable to his pure and holy nature they may be acceptable in his sight And therefore I thought it necessary to describe them briefly and seuerally referring the Reader who desireth to haue them fully handled to such Treatises as purposely intreate of this argument a Deut. 32. 40. Iohn 1. 4. Acts 17. 28. The life of God is an essentiall attribute whereby is signified that the diuine nature liueth worketh and moueth in himselfe and giueth vnto all things life and motion b Exod. 3. 14. 1. Tim. 6. 16. 1. 17. The immortality of God is his essentiall property whereby is signified that he liueth eternally and neuer dyeth but hath doth and shall for euer liue worke and moue himselfe and giue life action and motion to all things that haue life and motion c Iob 42. 2. Heb. 4. 13. The wisedome of God is his essentiall property whereby is signified that God truely and perfectly with one eternall act of vnderstanding at once doth know himselfe and all things and that not onely externally but also internally in their essence not successiuely by discourse of reason but at once most distinctly and cleerely Of which wisedome there are two parts First his d Rom. 8. 29. 1. Pet. 1. 2. prescience whereby he hath from all eternity seene and known all things which are haue been or shal be with infallible knowledge as being all present to him though past or to come in respect of vs. Secondly e Pro. 8. 14. 16. 4. Acts 2. 23. his counsell whereby hee resolueth to rule and gouerne all things in the best and most wise manner for the setting forth of his owne glory The f Iohn 17. 3. Rom. 3. 4. truth of God is his essentiall attribute whereby he is made known vnto vs to be in himself most true in all his words and works yea truth it selfe the Author of all truth which is in the creatures The g Rom. 9. 18. Ephes 1. 11. God is his essentiall attribute whereby is signified that God with one will of most free and iust act willeth all things approuing or disapprouing whatsoeuer he knoweth The h Marke 10. 18. Iam. 1. 17. Psal 145. 7. goodnesse of God is his essentiall property whereby is signified that he is infinitely good in and of himselfe and the Author of all good in and towards all the creatures The
be throughly perswaded that hee shall ouercome them whereas on the other side for want of this faith or rather this speciall art of application many deare seruants of God are hindred and discouraged from going on in the duties of holinesse and righteousnesse or else proceede with much vncomfortablenesse and disquietnesse because comparing their weakenesse with the difficulty of the worke they thinke that they shall neuer atchieue it in any measure acceptable to God though in the meane time they want not faith to rest vpon the promises of the Gospell the mercies of God and merits of Christ for their iustification and the bringing of them to euerlasting happinesse CAP. X. Of the third ground of a godly life which is a pure heart §. Sect. 1 Of a pure heart what it is and whence it ariseth BEsides those mayne grounds of a godly life before spoken of sauing knowledge and a liuely faith there are two other which Prou. 20. 9. arise and spring from them a pure heart and a good conscience By a pure heart I doe not vnderstand such an one as is free from all sinne and corruption for who can say I haue made my heart cleane I am pure from my sinne But such an heart as being regenerate by Gods Spirit is in part purified and sanctified hating sinne and louing vertue and holinesse in the inner man feeling the waight of corruption and desiring to be clensed from it and the want of grace and resoluing to vse all good meanes whereby it may be supplyed And this is a fruit of sauing knowledge which discouereth vnto vs how vgly sinne is in it selfe and pernicious vnto vs and the beauty and excellencie of grace and godlinesse in it owne nature with the profit which redoundeth vnto vs by it and also of a iustifying faith which applying the vertue of Christs death and resurrection doth mortifie our carnall corruptions and quicken vs in the life of grace making vs to hate that sinne which we formerly loued and to loue and imbrace that grace and vertue which in time past wee loathed and answerably to resolue that wee will vse all good meanes to be freed from the one and furnished with the other All which proceedeth out of our assurance of Gods loue which being shed abroad in our hearts by the holy Ghost doth worke in them vnfained loue towards Rom. 5. 5. God againe whereby we desire resolue and indeuour to leaue and forsake what he hateth and forbiddeth and to imbrace and practise whatsoeuer he loueth and commandeth §. Sect. 2 That all true fruits of godlinesse spring from a pure heart And this is that pure heart which is necessary to a godly life as being a chiefe piller that supporteth it and a liuely fountaine from which all good and vertuous actions doe spring and flow For if the heart be pure it will purifie all our words and actions but if it be defiled we can expect no pure streames from a polluted fountaine according to that of our Sauiour Those things which proceed out of the mouth come foorth of the heart Mat. 15. 19. and they defile the man for out of the heart proceed euill thoughts murthers adulteries c. And therefore as it is in vaine to purge the streames when the fountaine is defiled because it will soone againe pollute them whereas if the spring be cleere it will soone clense the streames though much defiled that issue from it so is it with the fountaine of the heart and the words and actions which from it as streames doe spring and flow The heart is the roote and tree and the words and workes are the fruits it beareth which discouer what it is for a good tree bringeth foorth good fruits Mat. 7. 17 18. and a corrupt tree bringeth foorth euill fruits neither can a good tree bring foorth euill fruit nor a corrupt tree bring foorth good fruit as our Sauiour hath taught vs. It is the treasurie of all our thoughts speeches and actions And a good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth foorth Luk. 6. 45. that which is good and an euill man out of the euill treasure of his heart bringeth foorth that which is euill for of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh It is the King and Monarch in the little world of man which giueth lawes to all the other members raigning and ruling ouer them as it seemeth good vnto it It is the primum mobile and first moouer which giueth motion to all other parts as inferiour spheares and as it were the first wheele of the clocke whose motion all the rest follow standing still when it standeth and going as it goeth So that if the heart bee an inditer Psa 45. 1. 57. 7. 108. 1. of a good matter the tongue will be the pen of a ready writer if the heart bee prepared so also will be the tongue to sing and giue praise if it nourish euill thoughts like vnto discords there can be no good musike but if it be well tuned we shall in singing Hymnes Psalmes and spirituall Songs sing Col. 3. 16. with grace and make sweete melody in Gods eares And therefore Dauid desiring to make good speed in the way of godlinesse desireth first to haue his heart in larged with the loue of it I will runne saith he the way of thy Psal 119. 32. Commandements when thou shalt inlarge my heart §. Sect. 3 That God chiefly desireth the heart aboue all other parts And hereof it is that the Lord chiefly requireth the heart according to that of Salomon My sonne giue me thy heart The which also Dauid chiefly Pro. 23 26. 1. Chron. 28. 9. required of him in the seruice of God And thou Salomon my sonne know thou the God of thy father and serue him with a perfect heart and willing mind for the Lord searcheth all hearts and vnderstandeth all the imaginations of the thoughts It is aboue all other parts the sacrifice which is most acceptable vnto God according to that of the Psalmist The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit a broken and a contrite heart O God thou wilt not despise An Psal 51. 17. vpright heart is his chiefe delight and though he requireth sincerity both in our words and workes yet aboue all he desireth truth in the inward parts Vers 7. And if the heart be sincere and desireth to offer vnto God perfect seruice the Lord passeth by and pardoneth our imperfections and accepteth as perfect our weake and worthlesse indeuours according to that of the Apostle If there be first a willing minde it is accepted according to that a man 2. Cor. 8 12. hath and not according to that he hath not An example whereof we haue in Iehosaphat and Asa who though their inward corruptions did breake out into diuers open sinnes yet because they prepared their hearts to seeke the 2. Chr. 19. 3. Lord he esteemed them
speaketh peace according to the truth of Gods Word But here the carnal worldling and loose Libertine wil take occasion to presume that aboue all others they haue the best consciences because they seldome or neuer accuse them or if they doe yet they can easily put them to silence they were neuer in their liues troubled with any horrors and feares but haue had their consciences euer quiet and peaceable witnessing good things vnto them as that their sinnes are pardoned they highly in Gods fauour and shall most certainely attaine vnto saluation But for preuenting of this we haue added in the description of a good conscience that it doth not onely witnesse peaceable and good things but also that it doth giue true testimony of them So that if we would haue good consciences they must not be erronious in their euidence but peace and truth must be matched together And because they who most erre are ready with the best to brag of truth as well as of peace therefore I also added the Rule and Touchstone whereby all diuine truth is to be tryed namely when it agreeth with the truth of God reuealed in the Scriptures For conscience as I haue said is a witnesse with God testifying that which he also testifyeth and therfore when it doth excuse them whom God excuseth and secretly whispereth peace to them vnto whom in his Word he hath proclaimed it then is its testimony true and truly comfortable But when it offereth peace to them against whom hee hath proclaimed warre and excuseth them as good subiects whom his Word condemneth of high treason and wicked rebellion then is the testimonie of conscience false and erronious and can be no good ground of any sound consolation And in this case conscience is a traytor both to God and vs renouncing his seruice and that office which he hath imposed vpon it and ioyning with the enemies of our saluation to dishonour him in our destruction For it mayntaineth a false peace by giuing vs false intelligence telling vs that we are in safety when as we lye open to all danger that we are strong and well fortified against all assaults when as we are naked and haue vpon no part of the spirituall armour and like a false Sinon it testifieth that our spirituall enemies are quite departed whereas they lye in secret ambushment ready to assault and surprize vs when by beleeuing this false intelligence we are secure and neglecting the spirituall watch giue our selues ouer to worldly delights §. Sect. 3 The difference betwixt the peace of a good and bad conscience as first that the peace of the wicked proceedeth froÌ ignorance of their estate Euery conscience therefore is not good which is peaceable but that which speaketh peace in truth not according to our ignorant conceits blinded with pride and selfe-loue or presumptuous opinions which haue no sound ground but when it is squared by the perfect and infallible rule of the holy Scriptures whereby we may discerne whether that inward peace which wee feele in vs proceedes from a good or a bad conscience For there are many things by corrupting and defiling the conscience and making it worse and more dead and senselesse then it is in it owne nature which make it at least for time quiet and peaceable As first ignorance of God and his will which hood-winking the conscience giueth the deuill fit opportunity to carry it quickly whither hee will and like a thicke fogge and darkenesse of the night depriuing vs of light and sight doth cause vs to erre into the by-wayes of sinne whilest wee thinke that we are in that perfect path of righteousnesse that leadeth to Gods Kingdome As we see in Pauls example who in the time of his ignorance Rom. 7. 7 8 9. thought concupiscence to be no sinne which after hee was inlightened with the knowledge of the truth he discerned to bee the roote and fountaine of all wickednesse And whilest his iudgement was thus blinded his conscience spoke peace vnto him testifying that hee was aliue and in good case when as being truly informed he plainely saw that hee was dead and in the high way that leadeth to hell Such haue not their peace disturbed by conscience because being ignorant of the way it cannot admonish them when they goe out of it and being it selfe misinformed it must needs giue vnto them false euidence And though their hearts be full of sluttish corners and euen deepe dungeons full of all filthinesse yet the eye of conscience doth not discerne any annoyance because it is in the darke and is not illightened with the knowledge of Gods truth But especially this commeth to passe when as ignorance is not onely simple and naturall but imbraced and affected men purposely neglecting yea contemning and shunning the meanes of knowledge because for their greater quietnesse they would not haue conscience to take notice of their wayes As they who blesse themselues in their good meanings as sufficient to saluation and wholly neglecting Gods true seruice doe content themselues with their owne blinde deuotion and superstition Such shun those places where the light of the Gospel shineth and like Battes and Owles delight to liue in darke corners where they seldome or neuer heare a Sermon because they delight in the workes of darkenesse They hate the light of Gods truth because their workes are euill as our Sauiour speaketh and as the thiefe and adulterer waite for the twy-light and Ioh. 3. 20. make choice of the night as fittest for their purposes hating the morning as the shaddow of death because it discouereth their faults to others and bringeth them in danger to be apprehended condemned and executed So these affect the darkenesse of ignorance and abhorre the light of truth Job 24 15 16. because they would not haue conscience to take notice of their wickednesse lest like Gods Sergeant it should arrest and hale them before his Tribunall and there as an vnpartiall witnesse giue euidence against them and lest being condemned it should play the executioner tormenting and vexing them day and night with hellish horrours and deepe despaire §. Sect. 4 The peace of a good conscience proceedeth from spirituall life of an euill from senselesnesse and deadnesse Secondly peace of conscience doth often proceed not from spirituall life and motion knowing and doing Gods will but from the cleane contrary as from spirituall deadnesse idlenesse and sloth in performing those duties which God requireth For as when the body is dead it hath no sense of sicknesse wounds or any hurt which can be done vnto it so when the soule is dead in sinne the conscience hath no feeling of any waight that lieth vpon it nor of any wounds or sores of sin wherewith it is mangled and deformed And though corruption and guilt like a gangrene indangereth it euen vnto the very death yet it neuer complaineth because it hath no sense and feeling of this mischiefe and misery Besides whilest men snort in this
respect of our neighbours Secondly charity is to be imbraced of vs as the most profitable vertue both to others and our selues To others because it maketh vs willing and 1. Cor. 13. 4. ready to performe all Christian duties of holinesse and righteousnesse which we desire of others to be done vnto vs for it suffereth with all patience and long-suffering all wrongs and iniuries and seeketh to gaine them who are thus iniurious by all duties of loue It is so kind that being prouoked it seeketh not reuenge but laboureth to ouercome euill with goodnesse It enuieth not the prosperity of those that are aboue vs but causeth vs to reioyce with them in all their happinesse It is not puffed vp with pride nor vaunteth it selfe aboue those who are inferiour vnto vs either in vertues or in those rewards with which God in this life crowneth them It doth not behaue it selfe vnseemely but obserueth a iust decorum and a Verse 5. modest and sober course in all conditions It seeketh not her owne but ioyntly aduanceth our neighbours good in many things departing from her owne right when greater benefit may redound to others it is not easily prouoked to vniust anger but beareth with many faults for their better reformation in consideration of humane frailty and infirmity It thinketh no euill nor intendeth hurt vnto any neither is it suspicious to take any thing in the worst part which may admit of a more fauourable interpretation It reioyceth not in iniquity nor sporteth it selfe in other mens falls and infirmities Verse 6. but rather in the sense of humane frailty it lamenteth their sinnes and desireth their repentance and reformation that they may bee saued And contrariwise it reioyceth when as they approoue their profession of truth in their practice of righteousnesse It beareth all things with meekenesse Verse 7 8. and patience and reuengeth not iniuries but leaueth vengeance to God vnto whom it belongeth It beleeueth all things credible and easily admitteth all iust apologies and excuses which tend to the manifesting of innocency in others or at least lesse faultinesse It hopeth all things and when there is no apparance of good in our righteousnesse expecteth their reformation and amendment and despaireth not of their future repentance Finally it indureth all things and couereth a multitude of euils and is not wearied in well-doing but continueth constant in doing and suffering all things which may any waies tend to the good of our neighbours §. Sect. 3 Of the profit of charity in respect of our selues And as it is profitable to all others so most of all vnto our selues For it replenisheth our hearts with all sound ioy and true comfort as it is an infallible signe of all good in vs and belonging vnto vs of all grace in this life and glory and happinesse in the life to come For hereby wee are assured that God loueth vs and hath sent his holy Spirit to dwell in vs If we loue one another saith the Apostle God dwelleth in vs and his loue 1. Ioh. 4. 12 13. Gal. 5. 22. 1. Iohn 4. 7. is perfect in vs. Hereby we know that we dwell in him and hee in vs because he hath giuen vs of his Spirit It is an vndoubted signe which assureth vs of our regeneration and new-birth Let vs loue one another for loue is of God and euery one that loueth is borne of God Of our illumination by the Spirit and of sauing knowledge for euery one that loueth is borne of God and knoweth God as it followeth in the same place And againe He that 1. Iohn 2. 10. loueth his brother abideth in the light and there is no occasion of stumbling in him It assureth vs of faith for faith worketh by loue as the Apostle Gal. 5. 6. speaketh and that by it we are truly iustified before God for if we bee so charitable as to forgiue men their trespasses then hath the Lord promised Mat. 6. 14. that he will forgiue vs our trespasses So also it is an infallible note of our adoption for in this the children of God are manifest and the children of the 1. Iohn 3. 10. diuell whosoeuer doth not righteousnesse is not of God neither he that loueth not his brother and assureth vs that we are the true Disciples of Iesus Christ if in this we follow his example and doe his will For this is his Commandement Iohn 15. 12. that we loue oue another as he hath loued vs. And by this shall all men Iohn 13. 35. know that we are his Disciples if we haue loue one to another It is an vndoubted signe of all other graces dwelling in vs and principally of our loue of God for euery one who loueth him that begate loueth him also that is begotten 1. Iohn 5. 1. 1. Iohn 4. 20. of him And if any man say I loue God and hateth his brother he is a lyer for he that loueth not his brother whom hee hath seene how can he loue God whom hee hath not seene And of the truth of our Religion for if wee loue 1. Iohn 3. 18 19. Iam. 1. 27. not onely in word and tongue but in deede and truth we may hereby know that we are of the truth and shall assure our hearts before God It expelleth all seruile feare and bringeth peace of conscience for there is no feare in loue but perfect loue casteth out feare Yea it is a notable meanes also of outward 1. Iohn 4. 18. ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã Gregor Nazian Pro. 10. 12. 1. Pet. 4 8. 1. Iohn 3. 14. 4. 17. peace with men whilst it beareth with infirmities passeth by offences and couereth a multitude of sinnes Finally it assureth vs of euerlasting happinesse for we know that we haue passed from death to life because we loue the brethren §. Sect. 4 Of the necessity of charity Lastly the necessity of charity may mooue vs to imbrace it For without charity humane society cannot subsist and stand seeing it is the maine bond whereby they are combined and knit together Neither is it alone a chiefe motiue to make men entertaine mutuall fellowship and entercourse one with another but also a principall meanes to make them to continue with delight and comfort in this societie For charity couereth a Pro. 10. 12. multitude of sinnes and causeth vs to passe by many frailties and infirmities and either not to see and take notice of them or by extenuating and excusing them to make them pardonable and easie to bee disgested Whereas if charity be wanting there will easily creepe in iealousies suspitions sinister interpretations iniuries both offered and reuenged deadly hatred and implacable contentions for as the Wiseman saith Hatred stirreth vp strifes from whence must needes follow diuisions and Pro. 10. 12. vtter breaking vp of all society For if two cannot walke together vnlesse they Amos 3. 3. be agreed as the Prophet speaketh with what bond can
when we haue it it is not in our Vers 10. power to put it on but it is God alone that both bestoweth and buckleth it vnto vs therefore vnto our watchfulnesse wee must adde feruent and daily prayer vnto God both to giue it vnto vs and to assist vs so with his holy Spirit that we may be inabled not onely to put it on but also to keepe it continually fast buckled vnto vs. Neither let vs feare that the daily and continuall wearing of it will bee tedious and troublesome for though at the first it may seeme so when like fresh water Souldiers wee enter into the Christian warfare yet by daily vse it will become so easie and familiar that it will trouble vs no more then our ordinary apparell §. Sect. 2 That the putting on the Christian Armour is very necessary Now that we may be mooued with cheerefulnesse to exercise our selues in this daily duty let vs consider that the continuall putting on and wearing of this Armour is both exceeding necessary and profitable It is most necessary because the spirituall enemies of our saluation are alwayes in readinesse watching their opportunity when by their firie assaults they may vanquish vs and bring vs to destruction And therefore it is as necessary that we should vse like or greater diligence and be alwayes in readinesse to withstand their encounters Secondly this daily vse of the Christian Armour is so necessary that all other helpes are in vaine if this be neglected For though we should be continually exercised in religious duties as prayer hearing the Word reading conference and meditation and in the works of iustice and charity and the ordinary duties of our callings yet if this Armor be not put on they will do vs no good seeing they will not bee done in truth and sincerity faith and a good conscience and therefore euen in them our spirituall enemies will set snares to catch vs and finding vs naked of our Christian Armour will lay secret ambushments euen in these religious and charitable exercises and assaulting vs at vnawares will giue vs the foyle and leade vs captiue vnto sinne §. Sect. 3 Of the manifold benefits which arise from being thus daily armed Secondly it is most profitable to be thus daily armed as may appeare by the manifold fruits and benefits which will accrew vnto vs by it For hereby we shall be strengthened against all the assaults of all our spirituall enemies so as they shall neuer be able to preuaile against vs but at last bee vanquished and ouercome And therefore hath God made for vs and giuen vnto vs this spiritual Armour and to this end he exhorteth vs to put it daily on that we may be able to withstand in the euill day and hauing done all Eph. 6. 11 13. to stand against the wiles of the deuill and all encounters and attempts of the enemies of our saluation Therefore hath he put into our hands not carnall weapons which are farre vnfitting this spirituall warfare but such as are mighty through God to the pulling downe of strong holds and casting downe 2. Cor. 10. 4 5. imaginations and euery high thing that exalteth it selfe against the knowledge of God and bringing into captiuity euery thought to the obedience of Christ. And therefore we may be assured that God will not be disgraced with the weakenesse of his workemanship nor faile of his end for which hee hath made it and so spend his labour in vaine but seeing hee hath made it and put it into our hands for Armour of high proofe let vs assure our selues that it will neuer faile but will at all times be sufficient to beate backe the bullets of Satans tentations and to defend vs against the assaults of all our spirituall enemies Againe if we daily put on this Armour it will make vs valiant and couragious seeing before the fight it assureth vs of victory Whereas though wee haue neuer so much valor and fortitude yet if we be but naked men and so lye open to bee wounded continually with the firie darts of the deuill our courage will be soone cooled and like cowards we shall betake our selues to a shamefull flight It will make vs cheerefull in our pilgrimage and to goe on in the wayes of godlinesse and righteousnesse with much ioy and comfort when as being armed we shall not neede to feare any spirituall theeues that lie lurking in the way to rob vs of Gods graces nor to goe out of the right way either to the right hand or to the left for any worldly terrour or discouragement which shall affront vs in our course of Christianity It will preserue vs from falling into such sinnes as will wound our soules and consciences and strengthen vs also against our frailties and infirmities so as they shall not preuaile against vs. It will bee a notable meanes to continue vs in peace for as nothing more preserueth our worldly peace then to be continually prepared for warre so nothing bringeth vnto vs a more sound and secure peace euen peace with God peace of conscience and peace also in respect of the malicious attempts of our spirituall enemies then to keepe daily this Armour fast buckled vnto vs. Finally it will bring with it much Christian security when as we are assured that we are free from all danger and that none of our enemies shall be able to hurt vs so as we may lye downe in peace and take our rest because the Lord onely maketh vs Psal 4. 8. hereby to dwell in safety §. Sect. 4 That euery seuerall part of this Armour bringeth speciall profit And as the whole Armour in generall bringeth vnto vs singular profit so euery seuerall piece and part of it is for speciall vse and benefit For by the girdle of verity wee shall be preserued against all errours and heresies and keepe a right course in the way of truth and our hearts being vpright and sincere in the sight of God we shall carry our selues as in his sight and presence in all our thoughts words and actions and bee kept safe from being sowred with the leauen of hypocrisie from lamenesse which causeth vs to halt betweene God and the world and from guile and dissimulation the poyson of the soule which tainteth and infecteth all vertuous actions By the brestplate of righteousnesse whereby we desire resolue and indeuour to doe Gods will and please him in all things our vitall parts will bee preserued from being wounded with the poysonous darts of the deuill and howsoeuer with his tentations hee may make vs slip through frailty and infirmity and with his hellish darts inflict some little scratches in the more remote and ignoble parts yet he shall not bee able to pierce our hearts and vitall parts with any mortall wounds of sinne because they are strongly armed with this brest-plate of righteousnesse By hauing our feete shod with the preparation of the Gospel of peace we shall be inabled to continue
13. 18. contrariwise in all our contracts we must carefully shunne and auoyd all guile and deceit all hollow and double dealing tending to the vndermining Micah 7. 2. and circumuenting of our neighbours So the Apostle exhorteth that no man goe beyond or defraud his brother in any matter because the Lord 1. Thes 4. 6. is the auenger of all such for as the Psalmist saith he abhorreth the deceitfull Psal 5. 6. and blood thirstie man More especially we must in all our dealings obserue truth in all our words and not onely speake it from our lips but also from Zach. 8. 16. Psal 15. 2. our hearts hating auoyding all subtill equiuocations and mentall reseruations as tending to circumuent and deceiue those with whom we deale Secondly fidelity in all our promises performing them although it be to Vers 4. our owne hindrance vnlesse he to whom they are made doth release vs of them Thirdly iustice in all our actions giuing euery man his due and dealing with others as we would haue them to deale with vs. Fourthly charity and compassion in remitting our right in whole or in part when as the bargaine prooueth hard and to the great losse and hinderance of our poore neighbours who are not able to beare it And lastly patience and contentednesse when we sustaine any damage and detriment or be otherwise crossed or ouer-reached in any of our contracts either purposely by those with whom we deale or by some casualty or accident which could not bee foreseene Contrariwise in all our contracts we must auoyd lying and that which is equall vnto it equiuocation For the getting of treasures by Pro. 21. 6. a lying tongue is a vanity tossed to and fro of them that seeke death And againe Wealth gotten by vanity shall be diminished but he that gathereth by labour Pro. 13. 11. shall increase yea though a man could by lying get the whole world what would this profit him seeing thereby hee shall lose his owne soule For liars shall not onely be excluded out of the Kingdome of heauen but also haue their portion in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone which is the Apoc. 22. 15. 21. 8. second death With like care wee must auoid in our dealings all perfidiousnesse and breach of promise although it tend to our great aduantage seeing God will not blesse goods gotten by breach of couenants and though we should thriue by such courses our worldly gaine will in no sort recompence our spirituall losse We must shun also all kinde of vniustice in our contracts seeing though it bring in present gaine yet no profit in the end For the treasures of wickednesse profit nothing but righteousnesse deliuereth Pro. 10. 2. from death Likewise we must auoyd all vncharitablenesse raysing our gaine out of our neighbours losse but as fellow-members of the same body we must aduance as much as in vs lieth our mutuall profit and in some equality thriue together Finally we must not through impatiency murmure and repine fret and fume when wee meete with any crosses or losses in our contracts but be content sometime to lose as well as gaine and to this end we must not haue our eyes too much fastened vpon secondary causes and inferiour meanes which perhaps are exceeding crosse and faulty but lift them aboue the earth and fixe them vpon the most wise prouidence of our good and gracious God who gouerneth all things which seeme most contingent and casuall and so disposeth of them as is most for his owne glory and the spirituall good and euerlasting saluation of all those that loue and depend vpon him §. Sect. 4 That we must sell only things saleable More especially there are diuers duties required of vs in our buying and selling As first that the seller be the true and lawfull owner of that hee selleth or his deputy appointed by him and that the buyer doe not for priuate gaine buy any thing from any man whom he thinketh not to haue any right to sell it In which respect they grieuously offend who buy or sell stolne goods if they know of it and they who sacrilegiously sell and buy the liuings of the Church and such things as are freely consecrated to the seruice of God Secondly the seller ought to sell and the buyer to buy such things onely as are vendible and may iustly bee bought and sold In which regard they offend who sell or buy the gifts of the Spirit as Simon Magus or holy things which belong to God and those who sell and buy Iustice or iniustice by bribery giuen or taken either to fill their owne purses Amos 2. 6. Esa 5. 23. Esa 1. 23. or to peruert right They also who sell and buy truth and lyes as false witnesses and they that hire them to giue false testimony But they most of all who for corruptible things sell their soules vnto sinne as Achab did which Christ redeemed with his most precious blood Thirdly wee ought to sell onely such things as are fit for sale or knowing them to bee otherwise to acquaint the buyer with it and so to pitch a lower price according to their lesser value Otherwise wee are not to sell things falsified in respect of their substance and such as are mixt and corrupt for such as are pure and good which is a common fault among Merchants and Tradesmen in these dayes who for their greater gaine adulterate their wares and iumble and intermingle things of a different degree in goodnesse selling them all at the best rates Fourthly we are bound to sell those things only which are some way profitable for the Church and Common-wealth either for necessary vse or for ornament and delight Neither ought wee to benefit our selues by such things as are vnprofitable vnto others and much lesse by such as are in their owne nature hurtfull and pernicious vncharitably raising our owne gaine out of our neighbours losse As those that sell popish pardons and bookes to ignorant people who are likely to be seduced by them such also as further them in their superstition and idolatrie obscene pictures and bookes full of ribaldry and all prophanenesse fit for nothing but to poison and corrupt such as see and reade them §. Sect. 5 That we must set and sell our wares at an equall price Fifthly we ought in selling and buying to set our wares at an equall price the best rule whereof for the most part is the ordinarie price of the market which valueth things not simply in their owne worth but with consideration of all circumstances as scarcity plenty time and place and not according to the price wee gaue lesse or more nor onely respecting whether we gayne much or little whether we get nothing or lose thereby For as of necessity through the change of prices we must sometimes lose so it is alike necessary that we should gain at another time to repaire these losses and maintaine our state And
hearts betweene him and his enemies the diuell Idols and the earthly Mammon 1 King 18. 21. like the Israelites which halted betweene God and Baal the true Iehouah 2. King 17. 33. and Idols of the Heathens and the Samaritans who feared the Lord and serued their owne gods And of such the Prophet Hosea complaineth Their heart saith he is diuided namely betweene the true Iehouah and Hos 10. 2. their Idols And the Apostle Iames calleth them double-minded who Iam. 1. 8. are vnstable in all their wayes one while offering vnto God some formall seruice and another while seruing the world and their owne lusts And as they haue double hearts so also double tongues speaking vanity Psal 12. 2. to their neighbours with flattering lips and with an heart and an heart or a double heart The second is sincerity and vprightnesse of heart without any mixture of guile and falshood when as wee worship God in simplicity truth and singlenesse of heart and in performing the duties of his seruice doe lay aside all carnall worldly and by-respects and doe them onely in conscience of his Commandement and out of a desire to glorifie him by our obedience to his holy will seeking him therein with our whole hearts and not our selues and our owne worldly ends like seruile mercenaries who serue their masters not out of any loue they beare him but onely for their owne gaine and aduantage Vnto which is opposed dissimulation and hypocrisie which maketh men to content themselues with outward shewes which haue no substance with outward profession without all sound practice with a dead carcase of Religion without the soule of sincerity or any vertue and vigour appearing in their actions and with a formall false and counterfeit seruice in the outward man without any substance or truth in the inward parts §. Sect. 3 Reasons mouing vs to imbrace integrity and sincerity 1. Because the Lord chiefly loveth and delighteth in it Now because these two are neuer seuered neither in the subiect nor in our practice I will not disioyne them in my discourse but will shew first the reasons which may moue vs to performe all our seruice vnto God and the duties of a godly life with integrity and sincerity and then the meanes whereby we may attaine vnto it For the former wee are to imbrace this integrity and sincerity truth and vprightnesse of heart in all duties of a godly life because the Lord chiefly loueth and delighteth in them preferring them much before all outward duties seeme they neuer so glorious For he loueth truth in the inward parts and esteemeth it farre Psa 51. 6 16 17 aboue all legall sacrifices and therefore after all they are abrogated and abolished retaineth it still in all duties of his seruice And as Dauid also 1. Chron. 29. 17. speaketh in another place He tryeth the heart and hath pleasure in vprightnesse Neither doth he see as man seeth for man looketh to the outward appearance 1. Sam. 16. 7. but the Lord looketh vpon the heart Whereof it is that hee chiefly requireth this integrity and sincerity in all his seruice Thou shalt keepe his Statutes and Iudgements with all thine heart and with all thy soule So Ioshuah Deut. 26. 16. Feare the Lord and serue him in sincerity and truth And Samuel Feare the Josh 24. 14. 1. Sam. 12. 24. Lord and serue him in truth and with all your heart And this God requireth of Abraham Walke before me and be vpright And Dauid of his sonne Gen. 17. 1. 1. Chron. 28. 9. Salomon Know thou the God of thy father and serue him with a perfect heart and with a willing minde And finally our Sauiour faith that hee requireth it of all who offer to doe him any seruice that as he is a Spirit so also they Iohn 4. 24. should worship in spirit and in truth And as we must generally obserue it in all Gods worship so in all the parts and duties of it For we must call vpon Psal 145. 18. God in sincerity and truth if wee desire that hee should heare vs wee must with Dauid Praise God with vprightnesse of heart and in singing Psal 119. 9. Psalmes and hymnes and spirituall songs we must not chiefly respect the vocall tune but make melody vnto the Lord with our hearts as the Apostle speaketh Col. 3. 16. 1. Cor. 5. 8. We must keepe vnto God the spirituall Passeouer not with the old leauen of malice and wickednes but with the vnleauened bread of sincerity and truth We must doe the workes of mercy and giue our almes with our hearts as well as with our hands for the Lord loueth a cheerfull giuer And 2. Cor. 9. 7. Col. 3. 23. in a word whatsoeuer duty we performe vnto others we must doe it heartily as vnto the Lord and not vnto men On the other side he condemneth dissimulation and hypocrisie as vices which are most lothsome and odious vnto him yea so much doth the Lord abhorre it that in the Law hee Exod. 12. 15. 1. Cor. 5. 8. Leuit. 22. 19. Deut. 22. 9 10. forbiddeth the very signes and shewes of it He would haue no leauen in his Passeouer nor their garments made of linsey-woolsey nor their fields plowed with an Oxe and an Asse nor sowne with seeds of diuers kinds not that God cared for these things but to shew vnder these types and shadowes how much he detesteth all hypocrisie and double-dealing §. Sect. 4 That our imperfect obedience is accepted of God if if it be done in sincerity and integrity Secondly this may mooue vs to imbrace integrity and sincerity because the Lord so highly esteemeth it that he accepteth of our obedience as perfect which springeth from it though it bee stained with much corruption and ioyned with many imperfections Whereof it is that in the Scriptures integrity and perfection are promiscuously put the one for the other and those are said to haue been perfect before God who in simplicity and vprightnesse of heart laboured after perfection and serued God in sincerity and truth as Noah Abraham Iob Dauid Asa Zachary and Elizabeth though they had many corruptions and imperfections which in the Scriptures are recorded of them And contrariwise the best graces or rather the most glorious shewes of them and the most resplendent and formall actions which are not ioyned with it are no better at the best then glorious sinnes in Gods sight whereof it is that the Lord specially Iam. 3. 17. 1. Tim. 1. 5. Joel 2. 12 13. requireth in all our graces and vertuous actions that they bee in sincerity and truth without dissimulation and hypocrisie So that wisedome which is from aboue is without hypocrisie and dissimulation though carnall men thinke them most wise who most excell in it Our faith must bee vnfained and so must our repentance also and with our whole heart and not like Ahabs in outward shew onely dissembled and
disguized Our loue must not be in speech and tongue onely but in deed and truth we must call 1. Iohn 3. 18. vpon God in truth and sincerity or else our prayers will be but meere lip-labour which God will not heare or regard And therefore Dauid vseth his sincerity in praying as an argument to perswade the Lord to giue him audience Giue eare saith he vnto my prayers which goe not out of fained lips And Ezechias his integrity of life as a reason to moue him for therepealing Psalm 145. Esa 29. 13. of the sentence of death and prolonging of his dayes Remember now O Lord saith he I beseech thee how I haue walked before thee in truth and with a perfect heart c. Finally our preaching must not bee deceitfull like those which make Marchandize of the Word but as of sincerity of God and 2. Cor. 2. 17. Act. 10. 33. 1. Thes 2. 13. in the sight of God And our hearing likewise of the Word must be in sincerity as in Gods presence and as those that heare the Word not of man but of God For otherwise our seeming graces and vertuous actions like beautifull pictures which want life spirit and motion are not substantiall in Gods sight but shewes and shadowes onely if integrity and sincerity be wanting not looking vnto Gods glory or shewing any loue and obedience vnto him but onely vnto our worldly and carnall ends and by-respects of our owne pleasure profit or preferment §. Sect. 5 That the soundnesse of all graces and holy duties consisteth in the sincerity of them Thirdly we must performe all holy duties of a godly life in sincerity and integrity because otherwise wee cannot approue our selues for sound Rom. 2. 28 29. Christians accepted of God what outward shew soeuer wee make nor our badges and signes of Christianity such as will giue vnto vs any assurance that we are in the Couenant of grace for as the Apostle saith Hee is not a Iew which is one outwardly neither is that Circumcision which is outward in the flesh But he is a Iew which is one inwardly and Circumcision is that of the heart in the Spirit and not in the letter whose praise is not of men but of God And though such duties as are done in hypocrisie may get the applause of men and gaine their praises causing them who doe them to be magnified and extolled yet God no further regardeth them then to vilifie condemne and punish them For hee seeth not as man seeth for man 1. Sam. 16. 7. looketh but to the outward appearance but God looketh vnto the heart In which regard that which is highly esteemed amongst men is abomination in the sight Luk. 16. 15. of God as our Sauiour speaketh §. Sect. 6 Of the rewards of sincerity and integrity Fourthly because the Lord doth richly reward this integrity and sincerity with the blessings of this life and that which is to come For the Psalm 84. 11. Lord is a Sunne and a Shield he will giue grace and glory and no good thing will he withhold from them that walke vprightly In this life hee multiplyeth all his fauours vpon them who serue him in sincerity and truth For he is good vnto them which are cleane in heart And to such he limiteth all his gracious Psal 73. 1. promises which he performeth vnto them vpon this condition only So he promiseth vnto the Kings of Israel and Iudah that hee will confirme 1. King 2. 4. and 3. 6. and 9. 4 5. their Kingdome vnto them and their posterity after them if they would walke before him in truth with all their heart and with all their soule Whereof it is that Salomon affirmeth that the Lord kept Couenant 2. Chron. 6. 14. and shewed mercy vnto his seruants that walked before him with all their hearts And therefore Ezechias intreateth God to performe this promise vnto Esa 38. 3. him and his posterity grounding his faith on his obseruing this condition seeing hee had walked before God in truth and with a perfect heart So God is neere vnto them that call vpon him to all that call vpon him in truth Psal 145. 18. and will saue and deliuer them from all perils and dangers and out of the hands of all their enemies For he saueth the vpright in heart as Dauid affirmeth Psal 7. 10. And so Salomon saith that the righteousnesse of the vpright shall deliuer Prou. 11. 6. and 28. 1. them which maketh them bold and confident as Lions in perillous times as elsewhere he speaketh In the life to come God also crowneth the Psal 84. 11. sincere and vpright seruice of the faithfull with ioy and happinesse for he giueth not onely grace in this life but glory also in the life to come to those that walke vprightly And such shall here dwell in his Tabernacle and Psal 15. 2. Prou. 28. 18. Psal 32. 2. and 119. 1. Math. 5. 8. hereafter in the Mountaine of his holinesse So Salomon saith that he who walketh vprightly shall be saued and Dauid affirmeth that the vpright shall dwell in Gods presence and our Sauiour Christ saith that they shall bee blessed in the vision and fruition of God which is the height and perfection of our heauenly happinesse And therefore seeing this integrity and sincerity is such a precious treasure as maketh vs both happy and blessed here and in the world to come it is no maruell if the faithfull haue alwayes esteemed it as their chiefest and choycest Iewell preferring it before all earthly things yea euen life it selfe as we see in the example of Iob who patiently suffered himselfe to be stripped of all his worldly substance but clasped so fast to his integrity when his wife and friends would haue pulled it from him that he would not leaue his hold to the very death God forbid saith he that I should iustifie you to wit whilest you goe about Iob 27. 5 6. to censure and condemne me of dissimulation and hypocrisie till I dye I will not remoue mine integrity from me My righteousnesse I hold fast and will not let it goe my heart shall not reproch me so long as I liue If then we delight in that wherein God chiefly delighteth and will doe that which he requireth and flee from that which he abhorreth if wee would haue our selues and our seruice accepted of him as perfect which notwithstanding are full of imperfections and corruptions If we would haue any true sauing grace or performe any Christian duty pleasing vnto God if we would be numbred amongst sound Christians or would inioy any of Gods blessings in this world or in the world to come then let vs labour daily in the vse of all good meanes whereby we may attaine vnto this sincerity and integrity of heart and performe all the duties of Gods seruice and of a godly life in vprightnesse and truth CAP. II. Of the meanes whereby we may attaine
euill And of the Apostle Paul Wee must all appeare before the Iudgement seat of Christ that euery man may receiue the things done in his body according to that he hath done whether it bee good or bad And then naked sincerity will shine most gloriously when the gilded vaile of hypocrisie being pulled off the filthy corruption which was hid vnder it will appeare vgly and abominable in the sight of the holy Saints and blessed Angels Then shall the vpright in heart hold vp their heads in the confidence of a good conscience when the hypocrites and dissemblers shall be confounded with shaine their deceit and secret wickednesse being discouered in the sight of all men Then shall they who haue serued God in sincerity and truth receiue their heauenly Inheritance with triumphant ioy when guilefull and double-hearted men shall bee banished out of Gods presence and cast into outer darknesse Math. 24. 51. where shall bee weeping and gnashing of teeth CAP. III. That we must ioyne with inward integrity the seruice of the body and the outward man §. Sect. 1 That God requireth outward seruice to be ioyned with the inward BVt howsoeuer the Lord doth chiefly require and delight in the inward seruice of the soule and the integrity and sincerity of the heart yet doth he not rest in it alone but requireth also the seruice of the body and outward man and that we should at all times and vpon all occasions expresse and approoue our inward piety in our externall practice and the vprightnesse of our hearts which is onely knowne to him by our holinesse and righteousnesse shining in the whole course of our liues and conuersation which is subiect to mans view that thereby we may be iustified that is declared righteous before them as by the other we are knowne vnto our selues to be iustified by faith before God of which that inward holinesse and obedience is a principall fruit And because euery one would be ready to boast of the sincerity of the heart which cannot be discerned God would haue vs to approoue and make it knowne by bringing foorth the fruits of it in our outward and bodily seruice So the Apostle exhorteth vs not to let sin raigne in our bodies that we should obey it in the lusts thereof neither yeeld our Rom. 6. 12 13. members as instruments of vnrighteousnesse vnto sinne but yeeld our selues vnto God as those that are aliue from the dead and our members as instruments of righteousnesse vnto God And as we haue yeelded our members seruants to vncleannesse and to iniquity so we should now yeeld our members seruants to righteousnesse Vers 19. vnto holinesse That we should present not onely our soules but our bodies likewise a liuing sacrifice holy acceptable vnto God which is our reasonable Rom. 12. 1. 1. Thes 4. 3. seruice that we should possesse our vessels in purity and honour and preserue our bodies from all defilement as it becommeth the Temples of the 1. Cor. 3. 16. holy Ghost For God who hath created redeemed and doth continually preserue both soule and body will bee serued and glorified by them both and as he is in these respects Lord and owner of the whole man so hee will haue the whole to serue him according to that of the Apostle Ye are bought with a price therefore glorifie God in your body and in your spirits 1. Cor. 6. 20. which are Gods The inward seruice of the heart therefore is not sufficient vnlesse it be expressed in the outward seruice of the body but wee must be sanctified thorowout and our whole Spirit and soule and body must be preserued blamelesse vnto the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ 1. Thes 5. 23. And we must clense our selues from all filthinesse as well of the flesh as of the Spirit and perfect our holinesse in the feare of God We must with the Apostle 2 Cor. 7. 1. Act. 24. 16. Heb. 13. 18. Rom. 12. 17. Inter Christianum gentilem non fides tantùm debet sed etiam vita distinguere diuersam religionem per diuersa opera monstrare Hier. ad Celant exercise our selues to haue our consciences voyde of offence both towards God and towards men and labour not onely to haue in all things a good conscience before him but also to liue honestly in the view of the world and prouide things honest in the sight of all men as well as those which are holy and religious in the sight of God For as one saith Not onely faith ought to distinguish betweene a Christian and an heathen but the life also and our diuers religions ought to bee demonstrated and shewed by our diuers workes Yea in truth these will alwayes necessarily and inseparably goe together neither is it possibly for a man to haue a sincere and vpright heart but it will shew it selfe in the outward conuersation words and actions seeing it is the fountaine and roote from which they flow and spring and such as it is either good or euill cleane or polluted such will they be also For if the heart be the Inditer of a good matter the tongue will Psal 45. 1. 108. 1. be the pen of a ready Writer If the heart be prepared so will the tongue also and both ioyning together will sing and giue praise whereof it is that the Apostle Iames concludeth that if any man seeme religious and bridleth not Iam. 1. 26 27. his tongue this mans religion is vaine And also that pure Religion and vndefiled before God will shew it selfe in the workes of mercy and Christian charity before men for as in the bodily so in the spirituall estate the health and welfare of the heart is best discerned by the pulse in the hand neither can there be an vpright heart where the actions are vniust And therefore the Psalmist describing a true Citizen of Heauen doth ioyne heart hand and tongue all together He that hath cleane hands and a pure heart speaketh Psal 24. 4. 15. 2. the truth from it and hath not lift vp his soule vnto vanity nor sworne deceitfully §. Sect. 2 Reasons mouing vs to performe outward seruice Now the reasons which may mooue vs to ioyne outward practice with inward integrity respect God our neighbours or our selues In respect Mat. 5. 16. of God first because he commandeth that we haue not only in our selues the oyle of Grace but that we also cause the light of it to shine outwardly before men He would haue vs inwardly to repent with vnfained contrition in our hearts but withall that we bring forth fruits meete for repentance in Mat. 3. 8. our liues He desireth aboue all that we should loue him with all our hearts Ioh. 14. 15. 15. 12. and soules but he would haue vs also to approoue the sincerity of our affection by keeping his Commandements especially by louing one another as Christ hath loued vs. Secondly we must bring
and Christs all-sufficient merits the gracious and indefinite promises of the Gospell and the truth and omnipotencie of God whereby he is willing and able to performe them vpon Gods Commandement inioyning vs to beleeue and his bounty and goodnesse in giuing his Word and Sacraments made effectuall by his Spirit whereby he inableth vs to doe that which he commandeth Wee renew vpon this occasion our repentance also by bewailing our sinnes past and strengthening our resolution to leaue and forsake them for the time to come and to serue God in the contrary duties of holinesse and righteousnesse And seeing our great wants and imperfections in all Gods graces and Christian duties we promise and vow in our selues and vnto God that wee will carefully vse all good meanes whereby we may attaine vnto them in more perfection So likewise after the receiuing of this Sacrament wee take occasion to examine our selues how we haue profited and increased in spirituall strength and growth of grace by being feasted at the Lords Table with this food of our soules and being mindfull of our promises made before we come to the Lords Table we become more diligent in vsing the meanes whereby Gods graces may be perfited in vs and we strengthened vnto all good duties And that we may not appeare to be Couenant-breakers with God and to haue receiued his grace in vaine we are made more carefull and conscionable in looking to all our wayes for the auoyding of all those sinnes wherewith formerly we haue beene ouertaken and practizing those duties which we haue heretofore neglected and so to carry our selues in the whole course of our liues that we may at all times and in all things please the Lord whom we haue found and felt so gracious vnto vs. In all which respects who doth not plainly see that the often resorting to the Lords Table if we come vnto it duely prepared is a most effectuall meanes to inrich vs with all Gods graces and to strengthen vs vnto all good duties of a godly life And therefore they are most iniurious vnto their owne soules who seldome come to this spirituall feast and take euery slight occasion of defrauding them of their due food seeing heereby they make them droope in their spirituall life to languish and waxe faint in all sauing grace and to become vtterly both vnable and vnwilling to performe vnto God any sincere and cheerefull seruice CAP. VIII Of the third publike meanes of a godly life which is Prayer §. Sect. 1 That prayer is Gods ordinance to obtaine his gifts and graces THe third meanes whereby we may be inriched with all sauing grace and strengthened vnto all the duties of a godly life is Prayer Of which I shall not need to say much in this place hauing before intreated of it at large Onely it shall suffice to shew that it is a singular meanes ordained of God for the obtaining of grace and strength to serue God in all Christian duties For of our selues we haue no ability vnto any thing that is good no not so much as to thinke a good thought or to entertaine into our hearts 2. Cor. 3. 5. Phil. 2. 13. a good desire but whatsoeuer we haue in this kind it is the gift of God according to that What hast thou that thou hast not receiued and that of the 1. Cor. 4. 7. Apostle Iames Euery good and perfect gift is from aboue and commeth downe from the Father of lights Now the meanes which God hath sanctified for Iam. 1. 17. the obtaining of all those gifts and graces which he hath promised is feruent and effectuall Prayer for though he be most bountifull and ready to bestow all good things yet not to the idle and slothfull but to such as acknowledging them to be his gifts doe sue and seeke vnto him for them and though he infinitely abound with all blessings yet he communicateth them onely to those that craue them at his hands according to that of the Apostle The same Lord ouer all is rich vnto all that call vpon him and that Rom. 10. 12. of the Psalmist The Lord is neere vnto all those that call vpon him to those that call vpon him in truth And the reason is because such only doe glorifie Psal 145. 18. him in his gifts seeing those alone who haue obtained his blessing by Prayer will acknowledge him the Author of them and returne vnto him to giue him thankes Hence it is that being willing to bestow all good things vpon his children and vnwilling that they should neglect their duty or haue them without suite and taking delight to conuerse with them he withholdeth his gifts till they aske them that they may haue this occasion to resort vnto him And because through their negligence hee would not keepe from them any thing which he knoweth good and necessary ouer-long like a most louing yet wise Father he leaueth not the matter to our own foolish and wayward will but by expresse commandement inioyneth vs to call vpon him incourageth vs in these our suites by promising before-hand that he wil heare and grant them Aske saith he and ye Mat. 7. 7. shall haue seek and ye shal find knocke and it shal be opened vnto you And againe Whatsoeuer ye shall aske the Father in my Name he will giue it you Aske and ye Ioh. 16. 23. shall receiue that your ioy may be full So the Apostle telleth vs that this is the confidence which we haue in him that if we aske any thing according to his 1. Ioh. 5. 14 15. will he heareth vs and if we know that he heares vs whatsoeuer we aske we know also that we haue the petitions that we desired of him In which regard the Apostle exhorteth that we should be carefull for nothing namely with a Phil. 4. 6. carking and distrustfull care but that in euery thing by prayer and supplication with thankesgiuing we should make our requests knowne vnto God In which regard the Lord may be truely said to be the Author of all good gifts and Prayer the hand whereby we knocke at the dore of his grace and when it is opened receiue his blessings from him He the liuely and inexhaustible fountaine of all good and Prayer the bucket whereby wee draw it from him He a rich treasury of all grace and desireable riches and Prayer the key that openeth it vnto vs in the Name and mediation of Iesus Christ To this purpose one of the Ancients speaketh fitly Prayer saith Chrys de orando Deum l. Tom. 5. Col. 692. he in an admirable manner conduceth to a holy life and worthy Gods seruice and being begun doth much improoue it and like a treasure storeth it vp in our mindes For if any man indeuoureth to doe any thing belonging to a right course of life Prayer being his guide and preparing the way before him hee shall bee sure to finde a commodious and easie passage c.
2. Tim. 3. 15. 2 Iohn ver 1 4. our learning that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might haue hope The Apostle Iohn likewise writing to children young and old men plainely implyeth that no age is exempted but euen little children must reade that they may be seasoned with the knowledge of Gods truth from their tender age like young Timothy and the children of the elect Lady and so being trayned vp in the way which they should chuse when they are old they will not depart from it and hauing this sound foundation of knowledge layd they may haue the building of faith and piety more easily erected and set vp in them And young men also must reade the Scriptures that being armed with this sword of the Spirit they may be the better enabled to resist the tentations of the diuell the world and their own flesh which in that age are most strong and violent Finally old men after they haue gotten much knowledge must still diligently studie the Scriptures that they may be the better confirmed and settled in the things which they know recall those things to memory which that age otherwise is apt to forget and that hauing knowne God and his Christ from the beginning not onely by reading and hearing but by much experience they may be refreshing and renewing this knowledge be the better able to walke themselues in this cleare light and guide and direct others also by their fatherly instructions in the right way that they should chuse But yet in a more speciall manner this dutie of reading the Law and Word of Deut. 17. 18 19 Iosh 1. 8. God is pressed vpon Princes and Gouernours that being inlightened with the knowledge of Gods will and truth they may themselues yeeld obedience vnto it seeing hereby they shall not onely saue their owne soules but also bee a meanes of the saluation of many others their liues and actions being exemplarie and powerfull to draw those which are vnder them to follow and imitate them in that which is either good or euill And also that hauing this light to guide them they may administer righteous iudgement and gouerne the people committed to their charge in the feare of the Lord establishing amongst them Gods true Religion and maintaining in all their dominions iustice and truth But aboue all others the Ministers of Gods Word are religiously bound to exercise themselues diligently in reading the Scriptures seeing they must not onely haue skill to direct themselues and their owne families but to instruct all others committed to their charge in the Word and will of God for the Priests lips Mal. 2. 7. must preserue knowledge and the people must seeke the Law at their mouth for he is the messenger of the Lord of hosts And he principally more then ordinary Christians must giue attendance to reading exhortation and doctrine 1. Tim. 4. 13 16. and continue in them because in so doing he shal both saue himselfe and those that heare him §. Sect. 2 That we are chiefly to be exercised in reading and studying of the Scriptures The second generall point to be considered is the subiect matter of our reading of which wee must make good choyce seeing it were much better not to reade at all then to spend our time in perusing such bookes as are prophane teaching nothing but vanitie and lyes wantonnesse ribaldry and contempt both of Religion common honesty in which number are books of scurrilous iests plaies and Machiauellian policie For as we say in the prouerbe Where God hath his Church there the diuell hath his chappell and apishly imitating the diuine Maiesty that he may blinde his followers get from them the like glory and especially that he may disgrace Gods holy ordinances as God hath his Sacraments Ceremonies so he will haue his to seale vp to his vassals their more assured condemnation And as God hath his bookes of holy Scriptures contayning his will and Lawes for the sanctifying and gouerning of his people so the deuill will haue scribes inspired with his will to set forth bookes of hellish impieties and damnable policies for the corrupting of mens iudgements the poisoning of their hearts and manners and the trayning vp and gouerning of his subiects in all sinne and wickednesse And therefore all those who desire to please God in the duties of a godly life must with as much care flee such bookes as Mariners doe the rockes and sands and as they professe themselues Gods seruants so they must make choyce of such bookes as will better their knowledge and practice in his Lawes as they professe themselues of the Christian Religion so they must read and studie such bookes as being religious will further them in Christianity and enable them to performe vnto God more diligent and faithfull seruice In which respect the Booke of holy Scriptures contained in the Old and New Testament is to be preferred aboue all others seeing it is the foundation and ground of them all which hauing God for it Author is of infallible truth and is to be beleeued in its owne sole authority and needeth not the confirmation of reason or any humane testimony but shineth like the Sunne in it owne light Whereas all writings of men who are subiect to errours are onely so far foorth to be beleeued and imbraced as they are consonant and agreeable with it For all men are lyers and through their ignorance subiect to errors apt to deceiue and to be deceiued and therefore are no further to be credited then as their sayings and works are approoued by the Canon and rule of Gods infallible truth Besides that the Word of God is of more maiesty power efficacie then any mortall mans and his more immediate ordinance which being more effectually assisted and wrought into our mindes and hearts by his holy Spirit is of greater efficacie for the inlightening of our vnderstandings the mollifying of our hearts the strengthening of our Faith and sanctifying of our affections then all other writings without it And this Dauid found by experience professing that by studying and meditating in the Booke and Law of God he became wiser then the Ancients and of more vnderstanding then his teachers Psal 119. 9â 100. §. Sect. 3 Their obiection answered who pretend the obscurity of the Scriptures Neither let any man pretend that the Scriptures are of such difficulty and so hard to be vnderstood that priuate men must not presume to Psal 19. 7 8. Pro. 1. 4. read them seeing they haue plainely taught vs that the Law of the Lord inlighteneth the eyes and maketh wise the simple And wise Salomon telleth vs that this was one chiefe end of his penning that portion of holy Scripture that he might giue subtilty that is more then common knowledge to the simple and to the young man knowledge and discretion So that though the Scriptures finde men simple and ignorant yet they doe not leaue them so seeing they
Rom. 8. 6 7 8. Gen. 6. 5. which is enmitie against him and our naturall imaginations which are only and continually euill Fourthly if we neglect the direction of Gods Word in performing seruice vnto him though it bee not in the matter but the manner onely God will neglect our seruice as being meere will-worship and not that which he hath appointed according to his saying to the Iewes by the Prophet Esay Who hath required these things at your hands yea he will reiect it as odious and abominable as he did the sacrifices Esa 1. 12. of the Iewes who in seruing him chose their owne wayes and in their hearts and soules still delighted in their abominations when in outward appearance they seemed deuout in offering vnto him sacrifices and oblations Esa 66. 3. as elsewhere he protesteth by the same Prophet Neither will our good meanings blind zeale and superstitious deuotion make our will-worship accepted of God seeing they are in themselues sinfull and one sinne will not excuse another Yea if we haue no better guides to direct vs we shall for Gods true seruice imbrace and euen tire our selues in the seruice of the deuill as we see in the example of the Iewes whose blinde zeale misled them out of the way of saluation into the way of destruction whilest neglecting the righteousnesse of faith in Iesus Christ they indeuoured to establish their owne righteousnesse And of the Apostle Paul who by Rom. 10. 3. an ignorant zeale was made as hee confesseth euen mad against the Act. 26. 11. Saints and with all raging crueltie set himselfe to destroy the Church of God And finally of those honourable women spoken of in the Acts of the Apostles who out of their blinde deuotion raised persecution against Paul and Barnabas and expelled them out of their coasts Fifthly if wee serue Act. 13. 50. not God according to his will and Word but according to our owne good meanings and blinde deuotions it will not be pleasing to God as not being done in faith but doubtingly not knowing whether the duties which wee performe bee agreeable to his will or no or rather without doubting we may know that our seruice is not according to Gods will and therefore displeasing vnto him seeing he hath prefectly reuealed his will in his Word both concerning that which he would haue vs doe and Rom. 6. 23. that which he would haue vs leaue vndone and consequently such seruice is not only without but contrary to faith and most odious vnto God Sixthly all our paines taken in this seruice which is not warranted by Gods Word but done according to our own inuentions good meanings and traditions of men are in vaine and all our labour lost which is thus spent in will-worship and blinde superstition according to that of our Sauiour In vaine they worship me teaching for doctrines mens precepts Yea Matth. 15. 8 9. they are not onely vaine and as the Apostle speaketh perish in the vsing Col. 2. 22. but euil both simply and by accident for who can bring good out of euill that which is cleane out of that which is vncleane or spirituall seruice vnto Iob 14 4. God out of the forge of our carnall reason and euill imaginations seeing Gen. 6. 5. John 3. 6. our Sauiour hath taught vs that that which is of the flesh is flesh and that which is borne of the Spirit is Spirit And as it is simply euill in respect of the euill fountaine from which it springeth so also accidentally in that it is preferred before the Word and will of God and by taking place of it doth cause it to be cleane thrust out of dores as we see in the example of the superstitious Pharises who in setting vp their owne traditions made Math. 15. 4 5 6. Gods Commandements voyd and of none effect and of the Papists who by making roome for their blinde deuotions haue quite exiled all the parts and meanes of the true seruice of God In which regard all the labour which is thus spent doth not only not please God and so lose all reward but much displease him and prouoke his wrath and pull downe his heauie iudgements vpon all such as tender such seruice vnto him both in this life and the life to come Of the former we haue an example in Nadab Leuit. 10. 2. 9. 24. and Abihu who were consumed with fire from heauen because they offred strange fire vnto God and did not vse that fire which he had sent downe from heauen to this purpose In Saul whose kingdome was rent from him either for offering sacrifice himselfe which did not belong vnto him for which sinne also Vzziah was smitten with leprosie or for not staying the time appointed by God and his Prophet Samuel And in Vzzah who 2. Chro. 26. 19. was smitten with present death because being but a Leuite he tooke vpon 2. Sam. 6. 6. him to touch the Arke which none might doe but the Priests and suffered it to be carried in a cart which should haue beene borne vpon their shoulders Num. 4. 15. Vnto which punishments and the like of this life God will adde those eternall punishments in the life to come vpon those that adde vnto or detract from his will which the Apostle Iohn threatneth against those who adde vnto or detract from his Prophecie namely losse of heauenly Apoc. 22. 18. happinesse and all the plagues written in that booke among which are the torments of hell fire euerlasting condemnation of body and soule And therefore when we come thus farre as to haue feruent desires and great deuotion to serue God let vs take heed that the deuill doe not delude vs by perswading vs through his instruments to spend all our labour not onely in vaine but also to losse nor to lay out our good intentions as it were good coyne vpon the base trifles of humane traditions will-worship and our owne inuentions as worshipping of Saints and Angels Masses Pilgrimages Popish Fasts Penances and punishing of our bodies mumbling of Latine Prayers without vnderstanding satisfactions and such like seeing these are not onely not commanded but expresly contrary to Gods will and Word And the Apostle also hath giuen vs warning to take heed of and auoid them as hauing only a shew of wisedome in will-worship and humilitie and not sparing of the body and in truth are meerefolly being Col. 2. 23. flatly opposite to the wisedome of God But resoluing to please God by leading a godly life let vs make his will reuealed in his Word the rule and squyre of all our actions resoluing and indeuouring to do that which in this Word is commanded and inioyned and to leaue vndone what in it is forbidden and condemned §. Sect. 4 The speciall duties in which a godly life chiefly consisteth And thus we see what is the maine and generall matter of a godly life namely such a
causeth vs not in pride and selfe-conceit to content our selues with that we haue but seeing our imperfections to labour in the vse of all good meanes after a greater measure till by attaining to one degree after another wee doe in the end obtaine with perfection of knowledge perfect happinesse But yet in this imperfect knowledge there are diuers degrees which accordingly are diuersly required that they may be acceptable vnto God and sufficient for vs and our saluation First in respect of the diuers times of illumination for in the twy-light of the Law when as the Sunne was not yet risen there was not so great a measure of knowledge required as in the broad day of the Gospel when as God requireth some proportion between our sight of knowledge and the light of his truth shining vnto vs. Otherwise wee can haue no assurance that we are in the number of his Church and of those Esa 11. 9. Ier. 31. 34. Ioel. 2. 28. with whom the Couenant of grace is made vnlesse the Prophecies foretold of such be verified in vs and among the rest that we who are taught by his Sonne and Spirit shall know God and his will in farre greater perfection then they did which were vnder the Pedagogie of the Law So in respect of the meanes God requireth a greater measure according to their greatnesse expecting much where he hath giuen much as more of those where the Gospell is freely and openly preached then of those who liuing in times of persecution haue it only by stealth and with many difficulties and dangers And in a flourishing Church such as ours is hee requireth the greatest measure where hee hath planted the most faithfull Ministerie And therefore in this cleere light of the Gospel and liberall meanes which God alloweth vs wee are to labour after a like measure of knowledge as the Apostle exhorteth the Colossians Let the Word of Christ Col. 3. 16. dwell in you richly in all wisedome to which end we must not cease to pray for our selues as the Apostle for them that wee may be filled with the knowledge Col. 1. 9. of Gods will in all wisedome and spirituall vnderstanding Finally that our knowledge may be acceptable there is a diuers measure required in respect of diuers callings As that the Ministers must exceed the people seeing they are appointed their teachers and guides and the Priests lips Mal. 2. 7. must preserue knowledge that the people may seeke the Law at their mouth That the rich exceed the poore because they haue more leasure liberty and opportunity to vse the meanes that the husband exceed the wife and the father the children because they are bound by their places to teach and instruct them And finally that they who haue beene long Schollers in Christs Schoole doe excell those who are nouices and but newly admitted for want of which proficiencie the Hebrews are sharply reprooued by Heb. 5. 12. the Apostle But yet wee are to know that in all true members of the Church who are of age and capacity it is required that they vnderstand the maine principles of Christian Religion which are contained in ordinary Catechismes that they may bee able to render an account of their 1. Pet. 3. 15. 1. Thes 5. 21. 1. Ioh. 4. 1. Act. 17. 11. faith to those that aske them to instruct those who are vnder their gouernment and to know and discerne the voyce of Christ from the voyce of a stranger to try the spirits whether they bee of God or no and not hand ouer head receiue whatsoeuer is deliuered by those who are in the habit and place of a Minister but to discerne at least in maine points necessary to saluation the sound doctrines of their faithfull teachers from the errours and vntruths of false seducers §. Sect. 2 Of the quality of our knowledge that must be effectuall The last thing required in our knowledge respecteth the quality of it that it be sanctifying effectuall and sauing knowledge Neither doth euery kind of knowledge make vs and our liues acceptable vnto God for 1. Tim. 1. 4. 6. 20. there is a false knowledge consisting in vaine speculations fables quirkes and conceits of wit endlesse and vselesse genealogies which minister questions rather then edifying which is in faith and making men rather more proud and contentious then more holy and religious which is odious vnto God And there is a litterall or speculatiue knowledge swimming in the braine which not being effectuall for the sanctifying of the 1. Cor. 13. 2. 8. 1. heart and amendment of the life doth not profit but rather hurt those that haue it pussing them vp with pride and making them disdaine those that want it The which as it increaseth their sinne because it is committed against knowledge and conscience and leaueth men without excuse so doth it make their punishment more grieuous and their condemnation more intolerable for the seruant that knoweth his masters will and doth Luk 12. 47. it not shall be beaten with many stripes and it shall bee more easie for Sodom Mat. 11. 21 22. Iohn 9. 41. and Gomorrah at the day of Iudgement then for Corazin and Bethsaida because hearing Christs Word and seeing his workes they repented not This knowledge though it be true in respect of the obiect which is the Word and truth of God yet is it vaine in regard of the effect being vneffectuall to a godly life and to the assuring vs of life eternall in which when we excell neuer so much yet shall wee come short of many wicked men who are in the state of death and condemnation yea of the deuils themselues who in theory and speculation know more then wee Yea in truth such knowledge is no better then ignorance in Gods estimate seeing we know onely so much in Christianity as we bring into vse and practice according to that of the Apostle Heereby we doe know that wee know God if we keepe his Commandements he that saith I know him and keepeth not 1. Iob. 2. 3. his Commandements is a lyer and the truth is not in him And againe Whosoeuer abideth in him sinneth not whosoeuer sinneth that is in whomsoeuer 1. Iob. 3. 6. sinne ruleth and reigneth hath not seene him neither knowne him §. Sect. 3 That sauing knowledge is necessary to a godly life And therefore if we would be accepted of God and haue our liues and wayes pleasing in his sight wee must not content our selues with such a Stude non vt plus alijs scias sed vt melius Seneca Tit. 1. 16. 1. Tim 4. 8. Ioh. 4. 24. Psal 16. 8. Gen. 5. 24. Gen. 17. 1. knowledge as swims in the braine but labour after such a sauing effectuall knowledge to be the guide of all our works and actions which maketh vse of all we know for the sanctifying of our hearts and affections and the reforming of our liues and conuersations For example
knowing that there is a God we must worship and serue him and professing him with our lips we must not deny him in our liues Knowing that he is a Spirit we must not rest in bodily exercise which profiteth nothing but worship him in spirit and truth Knowing that he is infinite and omnipresent we must with Enoch walke with God and in all things carry our selues as before him Knowing that he is all-sufficient we must trust in him for all things both in the presence and absence of inferiour meanes Knowing that he is omniscient and the searcher of our inward parts wee must approue our hearts as well as our workes vnto him and make conscience of committing secret sinnes as well as those which are open and manifest to the world Knowing that he is omnipotent we must depend vpon him for preseruation from all euill and defence against all enemies and that in greatest difficulties and dangers because things euen impossible to men are possible with God Knowing that he is the chiefe Good we must loue him aboue all things knowing that he is true yea truth it selfe wee must beleeue his Word and promises Knowing that he is iust we must feare to offend him that he is mercifull we must hope in him that he is bountifull we must do cheerefull seruice to so gracious a Master Knowing that he is but one God wee must worship him alone and not false gods and grauen Images and set vp no Idols in our hearts as the earthly Mammon with the couetous worldly honours and vaine glory with the ambitious and carnal and sinfull pleasures with those that are voluptuous Finally knowing that he is one in essence three in persons we must worship the Vnity in Trinity Mat. 1. 6. Knowing that God the Father is our Father in Christ we must reuerence 1. Pet. 1. 17. Luke 1. 74. feare and loue him that God the Sonne is our Redeemer we must worship and serue him in holinesse and righteousnesse before him all the daies of our liues and knowing that the holy Ghost is our Sanctifier 1. Thes 4. 4. 1. Cor. 6. 19. and dwelleth in vs wee must possesse our vessels in purity and honour that wee may bee fit temples and habitations for this holy Ghest c. §. Sect. 4 Of the meanes of sauing knowledge And this is that sauing knowledge which is necessary to a godly life the which we haue not of our selues for euery man is a Ier. 10. 14. beast in his owne knowledge b Ier. 4. 22. 1. Cor. 2. 14. wise vnto euill and vnto any good without vnderstanding but it is a grace and free gift of God as before we haue shewed And therefore if we would obtaine it wee must carefully and conscionably vse all good meanes which hee hath appointed for this purpose And first we must begge this grace of God by feruent and effectuall prayer according to that of the Apostle Iames c Iam. 1. 5. If any man want wisedome let him aske it of God that giueth all men liberally and vpbraideth not and it shall be giuen him as we see in the example of d 1. King 3. 6. Salomon and desire him to send his holy Spirit into our hearts which will e Iohn 16. 13. leade vs into all truth and like a f Apoc. 3. 18. precious eye-salue will open and illighten the blind g Psal 119. 18 27. eyes of our vnderstandings that we may see the wonders of Gods Law The which our prayer will be more effectuall to preuaile with God if we craue this knowledge to this end that we may glorifie him by it according to that of Dauid Make mee Psal 119. 27. to vnderstand the way of thy precepts so shall I talke of thy wonderous workes and make our knowledge the rule of our liues practising the things we know in the whole course of our conuersation to which end Dauid beggeth it of God Teach me O Lord the way of thy statutes and I shall keepe it Vers 33. 34. vnto the end Giue me vnderstanding and I shall keepe thy law yea I will obserue it with my whole heart Secondly let vs be diligent in hearing reading and meditating of Gods Word which giueth h Psal 19. 7 8. 119. 130. Pro. 1. 3 4 5. light and vnderstanding vnto the simple and is sufficient to make vs i 2. Tim. 3. 15 16 17. wise in all things vnto saluation and to make the man of God perfect and throughly furnished vnto all good workes Thirdly we must vse holy conferences with others whereby we shall inrich our mindes by communicating with them in their stocke and more firmely imprint in our memories that which we know already according to that of the Apostle Let the Word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisedome Col. 3. 16. teaching and admonishing one another Fourthly we must labour to be reconciled vnto God in Christ and then becomming his friends hee will make vs acquainted with his will and counsailes according to that of our Sauiour I haue called you friends for all things that I haue heard of my Father Iohn 15. 15. I haue made knowne vnto you Fifthly let vs labour to haue our harts fraughted with Gods feare for if any man feare the Lord him shall he teach the way Psal 25. 12. 1. Pet. 5. 5. Psal 25. 9. Matth. 11. 25. 1. Cor. 3. 18. that he shall chuse Sixthly let vs decke our selues with humility for hee giueth his grace to the humble and teacheth him his way he reuealeth his secrets to little babes and hideth them from those who are wise and prudent in their owne conceits And therefore we must be fooles to our selues and to the world if we would be wise to God and our owne saluation For there is no true wisedome but in the sauing knowledge of God and his will and holy obedience yelded vnto them according to that of the Prophet The wise men are ashamed they are dismaied and taken lo they haue Ier. 8. 9. Deut. 4. 6. reiected the Word of the Lord and what wisedome is in them Seuenthly wee must labour after holines for God reuealeth his mysteries vnto his Saints but Col. 1. 26. will not suffer his wisdome to enter into a prophane and malicious soule as we see in the experience of the greatest Prelates and Doctors of the world who liuing in prophanenesse and all sensuality haue not so much feeling sauing and experimentall knowledge of God and the mysteries of his Kingdome as many silly women and simple Ideots Lastly wee must put those things in practice which we already know and then will God reueale more vnto vs and fasten that which we know already in our hearts and memories for as our Sauiour saith If any man will doe his will he shall Iohn 7. 17. know of his doctrine and we shall with Dauid be wiser then the ancient yea Psal 119.
the Sunne and the breath of the winde hath some resemblance to the breath of life §. Sect. 3 That all those deceiue themselues who disioyne faith from a godly life Where by the way wee may perceiue that diuers sorts of men are notably deceiued and coozen themselues of their owne saluation As first carnall gospellers and prophane protestants who bragge of their faith as being strong and certaine and yet liue in all impiety and vnrighteousnesse bringing forth no fruits of their faith in good workes and the duties of a godly life Secondly ciuill worldlings and superstitious Papists who pleasing themselues with their blinde deuotion will-worship humane inuentions and some outward shewes of good workes as fastings penances almesdeeds hospitality and such like doe thinke God also pleased with them and will reward them with heauenly happinesse when as they are destitute of true faith and vtterly ignorant of God and his will making no conscience of the duties of the first Table to performe them in that manner which God hath required but eyther neglect them altogether or else doe them according to their owne meanings wills and humane inuentions and traditions Thirdly such as being touched with some inward guilt of conscience for their sinnes through some affliction or vpon the hearing of some powerfull Sermon doe somewhat grieue for their sinnes and so betake themselues at least in many things to a new course of life The which their sorrow accompanied with this reformation they thinke pleasing to God and sufficient to secure them of their saluation though they bee destitute of the sauing knowledge of God and a liuely faith in Christ and doe these duties not out of loue towards God following their assurance of his loue towards them but out of selfe-loue and seruile feare either of temporall punishments or eternall death and condemnation But let them all know that a liuely faith and a godly life are inseparable companions which neuer goe asunder for as well may we part the heate from the fire the light from the Sunne and make a good tree retaining still its nature barraine of fruit as separate true faith and a godly life one from another And therefore that the strong faith of carnall Protestants is nothing else but fruitlesse security and fond presumption that the deuotion and good workes of ciuill worldlings and ignorant Papists are blind superstition will-worship and glorious sinnes like trees that haue no roots and faire buildings that haue no foundation and that the sudden flood of sorrow raised by some tempest of conscience or storme of affliction and springeth not from the fountaine of faith is but worldly sorrow that causeth death which commonly lasteth but a while and when the causes of it are remooued doth easily giue place to the contrary extreme of worldly reioycing and carnall liberty §. Sect. 4 Of a generall faith Now the faith that is required vnto a godly life as the ground and foundation of it is either generall or speciall The generall faith is a common gift of the Spirit by which we beleeue and giue firme assent to the whole Word of God as true and certaine It is called generall because the obiect of it is generall euen the whole Word of God and euery part of it and but a common gift of the Spirit because it may be in the reprobate as well as in the elect seeing it applyeth not Christ and his benefits for our iustification For by this faith Ahab beleeuing and assenting to the truth of Gods threatnings outwardly humbled himselfe and so adiourned his punishments And the Nineuites beleeuing the truth of Gods Word in the mouth of Ionas repented as they beleeued that is after a generall and legall manner out of feare to bee attached with those heauy iudgements which were threatned and so escaped them Yet this faith is more then a doubtfull opinion seeing it firmely assenteth to the whole truth and is to be preferred before naturall knowledge and persvvasion grounded vpon the euidence of sense and reason seeing it resteth vpon the sole authority of Gods infallible truth and consequently is more firme and vndoubted 2. Pet. 1. 19. because sense and reason may be deceiued but the truth of God can neuer faile Againe though it be not a sanctifying gift of the Spirit yet it is more properly then the other a gift of the sanctifying Spirit and necessary vnto iustifying faith as being a degree leading to it as also vnto a godly life seeing it is required that not onely all wee doe be agreeable to the Scriptures but also that we beleeue and be perswaded that they are agreeable for as the Apostle teacheth vs whatsoeuer is done in doubting whether it please God or no and hath not this warrant of faith to make vs confident it is though materially a good action yet formally no better then sinne in Gods sight Rom. 14. 23. §. Sect. 5 Of iustifying faith what it is and what are the things required vnto it The speciall faith which is the maine ground of a godly life is a true liuely and iustifying faith which is a sanctifying grace infused by Gods holy Spirit whereby wee doe firmely and effectually beleeue and assent vnto the promises of the Gospell especially those which offer Christ and his benefits vnto vs and also them particularly vnto our selues with assurance that they all doe belong vnto vs and so rest wholly vpon them for our iustification and saluation whereby it appeareth that there are foure things required vnto iustifying faith First knowledge of Gods Word especially the gracious promise of Christ and all his benefits to all that will receiue him as their Sauiour and rest vpon him for their saluation For first we must know the promises before we can beleeue them according to that of the Apostle How shall they beleeue in him of whom they Rom. 10. 14 17. haue not heard namely by the preaching of the Gospell for as faith commeth by hearing so this hearing is only of the Word of God Secondly assent to the truth of the Scriptures especially the promises of the Gospell for after that our mindes are inlightened with the knowledge of Gods truth by which is reuealed vnto vs first our sinne and misery and that we cannot by our selues nor the helpe of any creature come out of it to the end that we may be humbled and despaire of our owne strength and secondly the infinite loue of God and his free mercies in Iesus Christ together with the gracious promises of the Gospell made in him whereby is offered vnto vs mercy reconciliation the forgiuenesse of our sinnes and the saluation of our soules to all that beleeue and will receiue them by the hand of faith bringing foorth the fruits thereof in hearty repentance and new obedience then doth Gods holy Spirit by his secret operation make the Ministery of the Word effectuall to worke in vs a firme assent to this truth of God respecting our saluation not
the other for as a weake hand may as truly liue and mooue as a stronger but yet is not so powerfull in motion nor possibly able to doe so much worke and as a little tree newly planted may bring foorth good fruit as well as one that is come to perfect growth yet cannot doe it in equall quantity So he that hath the weakest faith liueth an holy life doth some good workes and bringeth foorth some fruits of godlinesse and righteousnesse but his workes are not so many not his fruits in such plenty and abundance as theirs whose faith is growne to an higher degree Neither in truth is it possible that it should be otherwise seeing weakelings in faith haue more to doe and lesse abilitie to performe For the deuils policie binds him to vse all meanes to supplant them when as he hath most hope and to pull vp faith by the rootes when it is newly planted and his malice rageth most against those who haue newly escaped out of his bondage and refuse any longer to be gouerned by him The world more vehemently laboureth to hinder the good proceedings of those who haue newly separated from it as conceiuing more hope of their reclaiming and the corruptions of their owne flesh are much stronger to betray them into the hands of their forraine foes So that they are in the same case with Nehemiah and his fellowes who must in one hand hold their working instruments and in the other their weapons that they may bee ready to repell their enemies And therefore hauing these and so many other difficulties with innumerable discouragements to hinder them and fewer and weaker comforts to harten them on in their Christian course it is no maruaile if they doe not make so good riddance of their worke nor bring foorth such plentifull fruits of godlinesse in their liues as those who are stronger in faith and haue ouercome these difficulties and after the conquest of their spirituall enemies haue now attained to some peace and rest And hereof it is that they that are weake in faith are more vnsettled in the Christian course one while going forward another while intermitting their labour one while standing still and soone after slipping and falling in their way or wandring out of it into the by-wayes of sinne because they haue strong opposition and are weake to make any resistance onely the Lord who hath promised that none of his shall be tempted aboue their power and 1. Cor. 10. 13. 2. Cor. 12. 9. delighteth to glorifie his might in their infirmities doth assist them with his Spirit and thereby inableth them to ouercome all difficulties and when they slip preserueth them from falling or being falne raiseth them vp againe reneweth their strength when it is decayed and giueth them in the end a good issue out of all their tentations and an happy victory ouer all their enemies CAP. IX Of the meanes whereby wee may obtaine a liuely faith and daily increase it from the least to the highest degree §. Sect. 1 Of fiue speciall meanes wherby we may obtaine a liuely faith SEeing then faith is so necessary to a godly life and higher degrees of it for attaining of higher perfection and making of a further progresse in the wayes of holinesse and righteousnesse it behooueth euery one who desireth to leade a life acceptable vnto God to vse all good meanes whereby he may attaine vnto faith and hauing the first degrees of it not to rest in them but to vse all indeuour whereby he may grow from faith to faith vntill he attaine vnto fulnesse of perswasion Now the meanes of attaining faith are many The first and principall is prayer which is not onely in it selfe a powerfull meanes to obtaine it of God but also of making all other meanes effectuall to those ends for which we vse them For faith is not of Eph. 2. 8. our selues as the Apostle teacheth vs but it is a free grace and gift of God and as our Sauiour saith It is his worke that we beleeue on him whom hee hath Ioh. 6. 29. sent And none haue it but they vnto whom it is giuen according to that of the Apostle Vnto you it is giuen in the behalfe of Christ not onely to beleeue Phil. 1. 29. on him but also to suffer for his sake Now the way to get Gods gifts is to beg them at his hands by effectuall prayer according to that If any Iam. 1. 5. man want wisedome let him aske it of God that giueth all men liberally seeing he hath tyed himselfe by his gracious promise that if we aske wee shall receiue Matth. 7. 7. and that whatsoeuer we desire in his Sonnes name he will giue it vs. And Iob. 16. 23. therefore if we would haue faith wee must bee frequent and feruent in prayer and after that by Gods Spirit it is like a small seede sowne in our hearts and scarcely to be discerned being hidden from our sight vnder the clods of our corruptions we must vse the same meanes to bring it to some growth saying with the Apostles Lord increase our faith and with Luk. 17. 5. the father of the possessed child Lord I beleeue helpe thou mine vnbeleefe Mark 9. 24. The second meanes is that we adioyne our selues to the true Church of God where the Word is sincerely and powerfully taught and the Sacraments duely and rightly administred For howsoeuer our faith is not built vpon the Church yet doth it prepare our hearts to the receiuing of it not onely in respect of that authority which it hath to mooue vs to the imbracing of that which it imbraceth and commendeth vnto vs but also as it offereth the meanes which onely are effectuall for the begetting and increasing of our faith being the Master of the Rowles which hath the custody of all our spirituall euidences and the keeper of Gods Seales whereby our faith is assured of the truth of his promises The third meanes is the carefull and conscionable hearing of Gods Word with a desire to profit by it for faith commeth by hearing and hearing by the Word of God Rom. 10. 17. 1. Cor. 3. 5. in which respect the Preachers of the Gospel are called Ministers by whom the people beleeue because their Ministerie is the ordinary meanes of begetting faith in them The fourth meanes is the vse of the Sacraments which are as Seales annexed to the Couenant of grace whereby wee are vndoubtedly assured that God will make good vnto vs all his promises of grace and saluation in Iesus Christ The fift is Christian conferences and holy examples whereby wee gaine subiects to Christs Kingdome and build vp one another in our holy faith as we see in the example of the woman Joh. 4. 59. of Samaria who by her sayings drew many to beleeue in Christ and of Aquila and Priscilla who by their holy conferences informed Apollos Act. 18. 26. 1. Pet. 2. 12. more perfectly in the
of death as the Apostle calleth it so doth it purge it from dead workes that we may serue the liuing God And therefore if our consciences be thus purged then are they truly pacified But if they witnesse vnto vs that we liue still in sinne and so purpose to doe for the time to come and yet testifie that we are in Gods fauour and haue our part in Christ and his benefits they are euill and lying consciences and giue in false euidence expresly contrary to the Esa 48. 22. testimony of God who being Truth it selfe hath said that there is no such peace to the wicked §. Sect. 5 That a good conscience keepeth it selfe cleere before God and men Secondly it is the propertie of a good conscience with all care and circumspection to keepe it selfe cleere both before God and men before God from faultinesse and sinne before men from offensiuenesse and all appearance of euill According to the example of the Apostle Who herein Act. 24. 16. exercised himselfe to haue alwayes his conscience voide of offence towards God and towards men So that a good conscience thinketh it not sufficient to Conscientia necessaria est tibi fama proximo tuo Qui fidens conscientiae suae negligit famam suam crudelis est Aug. ad fratr in Eremo Serm. 52. Pro. 22. 1. Eccles 7. 1. Duo sunt tibi necessaria conscientia fama conscientia propter Deum fama propter proximum Ambros 1. Cor. 4. 3 4. haue Gods approbation with contempt of mans when as they will lawfully stand together for it is an offence in our neighbours when they giue false testimony of vs and an offence to them when we make them to stumble by our euill example drawing them on to the practice of that euill the appearance whereof they see in vs from both which Christian charity should restraine vs. Yea it is hurtfull also vnto our selues in losing our good name which is to be pteferred before riches and though we keepe this precious oyntment for our inward comfort yet we lose the benefit of that beauty which it outwardly causeth and the sweete odour of it at least so farre foorth as wee haue it reflected vpon vs by others commendation Much lesse doth it rest contented with mans approbation when it is disallowed of God for when they can say no euill of vs nor we by our selues yet are we not thereby iustified seeing it is the Lord that iudgeth vs who is greater then our hearts and therefore as it desireth mans approbation so only thus farre foorth as it will stand with Gods allowance according to the example of the Apostle who commended himselfe to euery mans conscience in 2. Cor. 4. 2. the sight of God And if we thus doe then haue we a sure signe of a good conscience but if when we giue iust offence we iustifie our selues by pleading a good conscience and so say and thinke that we doe not care what men say or conceiue of our actions or if like hypocrites we approue our selues and our consciences to men by a faire shew in our outward behauiour and neglecting the Iudgement of God nourish in our hearts secret corruptions we discouer a bad conscience and both sinne against God our neighbours and our selues §. Sect. 6 That a good conscience knoweth it selfe to be so Thirdly it is the property of a good conscience not to bee doubtfull and wauering whether it be so or no but being so it knoweth assuredly Heb. 13. 18. that it is so and seeth it selfe by its owne light According to that of the Apostle We trust or are assured that we haue a good conscience in all things willing to liue honestly And this confidence of it selfe maketh it confident and couragious against all dangers and bearing witnesse to vs that God is Rom. 8. 31. with vs it maketh vs not to care greatly who oppose against vs. So the Wiseman saith that the righteous man is bold as a Lyon because his conscience iustifying him doth also beare witnesse that hee is iustified and approoued Pro. 28. 1. of God and being in his fauour is vnder his protection who is both able and willing to preserue him against all euill according to that of the Apostle Heereby we know that we are of the truth and shall assure our 1. Ioh. 3. 19 20 21 hearts before him For if our heart that is our conscience condemne vs God is greater then our heart and knoweth all things but if our heart condemne vs not then haue wee confidence towards God And whatsoeuer we aske we receiue of him because we keepe his Commandement and doe those things that are pleasing in his sight Neither doth the true feare of God which is alwayes Pro. 28. 13. in the faithfull hinder but much confirme and strengthen this confidence seeing it is not seruile but filiall and when wee feare most in the sight and sense of our frailtie and corruption then are we most assured that we shall Ier. 31. 33 34. neuer depart from God nor he from vs and so shall most firmely stand through his power assisting and vpholding vs. §. Sect. 7 That a good conscience maketh vs merry and cheerefull Fourthly it is the propertie of a good conscience to make those that haue it merry cheerefull and full of ioy It is a pleasant sawce which maketh all our meates delightfull and whatsoeuer our cheere be good Pro. 15. 15 17. conscience if it be our companion will make it a feast and fill our heart with such ioy that a sallad of cold herbes shall be better vnto vs then a stalled Oxe or the greatest dainties that wealth and wit can prouide for wanton worldlings It will make the hardest lodging a bed of downe and the poorest cottage more pleasant then the most stately Palace to them who haue not this inmate to harbour with them It is like sugar sweete in it selfe and sweeteneth all things that are mixed with it and such a precious oyntment that it perfumeth the whole house The ioy of conscience is compleate in it selfe and proceeding from an inward cause as it were a liuing fountaine that neuer faileth it alwayes lasteth without any supply from the land-waters of earthly prosperity wherein it farre exceedeth the ioy of worldlings which arising from carnall comforts faileth when they faile The ambitious man cannot reioyce but in his honours and if with Haman he wanteth cap and knee all his other comforts will not keepe him from deepe melancholy and discontent The couetous man cannot haue any ioy if he cannot haue that riches not which he needes but which he desires and he that is voluptuous is as moodie and melancholy in the want of musicke merry company and such like worldly delights as he is merry when he hath them So that their ioy like Summer brooks are not to be seene or found no longer then they are supplied by the showres of worldly prosperity But hee
the day of Iudgement and that we are Stewards and not absolute owners of the gifts which we haue receiued and so our greater gifts wil work in vs greater humility seeing they are but receipts and consequently debts for which we shall be accountant vnto God how we haue imployed them Ninthly let vs remember that though we haue neuer so many vertues and graces yet if pride bee mixed with them it will spoile them all seeing it is the poyson of all vertues a small portion whereof will infect a great quantity of wholesome meate and drinke Whereas humility is such an ornament as will adde much to their natiue beauty and make them truly glorious in the sight of God and men Tenthly let vs set before vs the examples of Gods seruants who as they haue excelled in all other graces so also in humility as of Abraham Iob Dauid Paul but especially of our Sauiour Christ himselfe the most perfect patterne of humility who being the Soueraigne Monarch of heauen and earth disdained not to wash his Apostles feete and being equall with his Father in all glory and Maiesty yet made himselfe of no reputation and tooke vpon him the forme of a seruant and being made like vnto men humbled himselfe and became obedient vnto death euen the death of the Phil. 2. 6 7 8. crosse Lastly if we would attaine to true humility we must not content our selues with the sparing and seldome vse of these meanes but exercise our selues daily in them because pride will not easily leaue his hold and though it be once or twice or many times repelled yet will it recouer new strength and make against vs fresh assaults yea it will spring sometimes from the roote of vertues and euen like the Phoenix when it is consumed with the fire of Gods Spirit it will re-enliue it selfe and out of its owne ashes recouer birth and being §. Sect. 7 Of externall worship with our bodies And thus much concerning those vertues whereby wee haue God inwardly in our hearts Besides which there is also required that wee haue him outwardly in our bodies and externall actions and that is when as with the outward man wee serue and worship him The which also we owe vnto God seeing hee hath created and redeemed both our 1. Cor. 6. 20. soules and bodies that wee should in both performe seruice vnto him And though alone it bee of small value for as the Apostle saith Bodily 1. Tim. 4. 8. exercize profiteth nothing yet doth the Lord require it with the other and that with the sweete incense of the heart and minde wee offer Rom. 12. 1. our bodies also a liuing sacrifice holy and acceptable vnto him which Daniel thought to bee a matter of such moment that hee chose rather to Dan. 6. bee cast into the Lyons denne then to neglect it for the space of a few dayes Our Sauiour also requireth not onely that wee haue in vs the heate of spirituall graces but that also that wee cause their light to shine out before men that they seeing our good workes may glorifie our Father Matth. 5. 16. which is in heauen For as naturall fire doth retayne its vertue and strength when as it hath some outward vent and when that is stopped is choaked and presently dies so doe our inward graces and vertues liue and flourish when they haue the outward vent of corporall obedience and externall workes of piety and righteousnesse but soone languish and are extinguished if they neuer put foorth themselues in these outward exercises Now this externall honour is either in outward signes or actions Of the former sort is religious adoration in externall signes and gestures as prostrating the body vncouering the head bending the knee lifting vp the hands which being considered as religious gestures are proper and peculiar to God alone Of the other sort is the outward seruice of God in calling vpon him vowing vnto him Apoc. 19. 20. 22. 9. swearing by his Name celebrating feasts to his honour and all outward obedience to the Law which in respect of the person to whom they are to be performed namely God alone and no other are all required in the first Commandement CAP. VII Of the duties which are required in the second Commandement as Prayer hearing the Word and administration of the Sacraments §. Sect. 1 Of the things generally required in the second Commandement WEE haue shewed that the first Commandement requireth that wee serue and worship Iehouah the onely true God In the three other Commandements of the first Table is shewed how he is to be worshipped and the time when The manner of his worship is how hee is to be serued in his solemne and set seruice required in the second Commandement or how he is to be glorified at all times in the whole course of our liues in the third The time when hee is principally to bee worshipped is vpon his Sabbaths required in the fourth Commandement In the second Commandement God requireth that we worship him the true God after a right and lawfull manner and by such meanes as are agreeable to his nature and which in his Word hee hath prescribed vnto vs vnto which wee ought not to adde from which wee ought not to detract any thing as hath before beene shewed For this is our reasonable seruice to worship so great a God not after our owne phantasies but according Deut. 4. 2. 12. 8 32. Ios 1 7. Pro. 30. 6. Apoc. 22. 18. to his owne will and with such a seruice in which hee delighteth Now hee delighteth in such a worship as is agreeable to his nature which being spirituall and true yea Trueth it selfe it followeth that wee must worship him by spirituall and true meanes and after a spirituall and true manner that is wee must conforme all the seruice which wee offer vnto God according to the prescript rule of his Word And thus wee are to worship God both inwardly with our soules and outwardly with our bodies Priuately by our selues in our families and publiquely in the congregation in which wee are to performe all our seruice with vnanimitie and ioynt affection as if wee all worshipped God with one heart and minde and with vniformity in all outward rites and actions as if wee had all but one body Act. 2. 1. 8. 6. Contrariwise the Lord in this Commandement forbiddeth both the contempt and neglect of his worship which is the sinne of Atheists and profane persons and also worshipping him by false meanes and after a false manner as first all will-worship and superstition which is deuised by mens braine and out of a good meaning and intention offered vnto him in stead of his true seruice of which sort is the making of any Image to represent God thereby or any other for religious vse the worshipping of these Images or of any thing else besides the true God by offering vnto them any part of that religious seruice which
which might hinder vs as infidelity impenitencie carnall security worldly distractions and earthly-mindednesse prophanenesse and small esteeme of the Word excessiue eating or drinking conceite of our owne knowledge as though little or nothing could be added vnto it preiudice and forestalled opinions of our teachers hypocrisie curiosity itching Iam. 1. 21. Luke 18. 34. Acts 17. 20. 2. Tim. 4. 3. 1. Cor. 1. 11 12. eares factious affections whereby men haue the truth of God in respect of persons hearing or not hearing according to that opinion which they haue conceiued of him that speaketh And partly this preparation consisteth in vsing all good helpes and meanes which may enable vs to the carefull and conscionable hearing of the Word As to consider the waightinesse of the action which wee are about to performe namely an high and holy seruice vnto God which will further and seale vp vnto vs our saluation or condemnation and be either the sauour of life vnto life or of death vnto death soften vs like waxe or harden vs like clay and make vs one step neerer eyther to heauen or hell For Gods Word shall neuer returne voide but accomplish what he pleaseth and shall prosper in the thing whereto he sends it Secondly to meditate on the ends for Esa 55. 11. which we heare which are to glorifie God in the meanes of our saluation to be built vp in all sauing grace knowledge faith obedience loue of God zeale patience and the rest Thirdly we must examine our selues to finde out our sinnes that we may gather strength for the mortifying of them and our spirituall wants that we may haue them supplied in this spirituall market of our soules Fourthly we must renew our repentance Heb. 4. 2. that wee come not in our sinnes and our faith without which our hearing will not profit vs. Finally we must vse faithfull and feruent prayer that God will so assist with his holy Spirit the Minister in speaking and vs in hearing and sanctifie to our vse his holy ordinances that they may be effectuall to build vs vp in our most holy faith and more and more inrich vs with all sanctifying and sauing graces And being thus prepared our next duty is that setting aside all worldly impediments we resort vnto the holy assemblies to be made partakers of Gods holy Word that wee may profit thereby §. Sect. 5 Of the duties required in hearing and after we haue heard The second sort of duties respect the action of hearing it selfe vnto which is required that wee set our selues in the presence of God and ãâ¦ã s. 10. 33. â Thes 2. 13. ãâ¦ã 4. 20. â 19. 48. heare the Word preached not as the word of mortall man but as the Word of the euerliuing God with all feare and reuerence with all diligence and attention with alacrity and cheerefulnesse humility and a good conscience auoiding as much as lieth in vs all distractions wandring thoughts priuate reading dulnesse drowzinesse and carnall wearinesse Finally with hungring and thirsting after the foode of our soules and earnest desire to profit by it To which end we must apply and fit our selues to euery thing which is spoken to profit by it whether it be doctrine Luke 8. 15. 2 19. Pro. 4. 21. confutation reproofe or consolation receiue the Word into good and honest hearts and there reserue it as a precious treasure for our vse in the whole course of our liues and conuersation The third and last sort are those duties which are to be performed after we haue heard which are First to meditate on that which hath beene deliuered vnto vs that we may imprint it in our memories and worke it into our hearts Secondly conference with others that wee may be mutuall helpers for the vnderstanding remembring imbracing and practising of that which we haue heard Thirdly that we sanctifie the Word vnto our vse by effectuall prayer desiring that God will giue a blessing vnto it and make it effectuall by his Spirit for the inlightning of our minds the sanctifying of our hearts and affections and the reforming and amending of our sinfull liues Lastly we must on euery fit occasion call to mind what wee haue Rom. 2. 13. Iam. 1. 22. Luk. 8. 15. heard that we may bring it vnto vse and conscionably practise what wee haue learned §. Sect. 6 Of the administration of the Sacraments The third sort of duties required in this Commandement respect the administration of the Sacraments which are only two Baptisme and the Lords Supper Vnto both which it is generally required that they bee administred First by a lawfull Minister and no other Secondly only to those which are in the Couenant either the faithfull or their seede Thirdly that they be administred according to Christs institution without the mixture of humane inuentions More especially vnto the receiuing of the Lords Supper there is required that we receiue it worthily to which purpose diuers duties are required before in and after the Communion Before that wee duely prepare our selues for this holy action which consisteth first in an examination of our selues how we are qualified with such sauing graces as are necessary to the worthy receiuing of the Lords Supper the which are an hungring and thirsting after Christ and his benefits as after that spirituall foode which alone is sufficient to nourish vs to life euerlasting Secondly knowledge of the mayne principles of Christian Religion respecting either God or our selues without which we cannot discerne the Lords body no more then a blind man can by his bodily sight discerne the outward signes of bread and wine Thirdly faith in Iesus Christ approoued to be true and liuely by the fruits of it in the inward sanctification of our hearts and in our outward workes of piety mercy and righteousnesse Fourthly vnfained repentance consisting in an hearty sorrow for our sinnes past springing out of faith and the apprehension of the loue of God towards vs and a settled purpose and resolution not onely to leaue them for the time to come but also to serue the Lord in the contrary duties of holinesse righteousnesse and sobriety Fourthly loue and charity towards our neighbours approoued by our willingnesse and readinesse to giue vnto those that want and to forgiue those that offend Secondly after this examination there is required vnfained humiliation in the sight and sense of our wants and weakenesses especially in these sauing graces before spoken of Secondly an hungring after the meanes whereby they may be supplied especially the Sacrament which was purposely ordained to supply our wants and strengthen our weakenesse in these graces Thirdly humble confession of our sinnes in generall and especially of those which haue come to our mind in our examination wherein we renewed our faith and repentance Fourthly a stedfast resolution in our hearts and faithfull promise to God that if he will in Christ accept of vs though not prepared according to the preparation of the Sanctuary but
in them Pro. 6. 6. Matth. 6. 26. Psal 32. 9. that which the Scriptures propound as good for our imitation and auoyding the contrary And finally that wee receiue them with thankesgiuing 2. Pet. 2. 22. 1. Tim. 4. 5. and sanctifie them to our vse by the Word and Prayer So also here is required that wee make an holy vse of the creatures in respect of Gods gouernement and prouidence as first for the determining of doubts and controuersies which can no otherwise be cleared and decided by casting of lots in the vse whereof we are to vse prayer vnto God and sometimes Pro. 16. 33. Act. 1. 23 24. when the occasion is waighty fasting desiring of him that by his good prouideÌce he wil direct them to the right end for which we vse them And Pro. 18. 18. as before they are cast we are to referre our selues wholy to Gods determination so after wee are to rest contented and well pleased with his sentence Secondly we are to make an holy vse of Gods prouidence first in conferring rewards and blessings either vpon our selues or others In respect of our selues wee make a right vse of Gods blessings and benefits When as in our hearts we bee vnfainedly thankefull vnto God for them Psal 144. 6. 26. 12. 66. 16 when in our words we praise and magnifie his bounty and goodnesse towards vs and tell what great things he hath done for vs and when in our workes and actions we referre them wholy to Gods glory and both Psal 130. 4. Rom. 2. 4. our owne and others good taking occasion of his mercy and goodnesse to feare him and to turne vnto him from our sinnes by vnfained repentance In respect of Gods blessings bestowed vpon others we carry our selues holily when as we reioyce with them in Gods bounty and goodnes 1. Cor. 12. 26. and ioyne with them in praises and thanksgiuing The like holy vse we are Psal 35. 17. Gal. 1. 23. to make of Gods prouidence in respect of punishments and afflictions whether they bee inflicted vpon our selues or vpon others As when Iob 1. 20 21. God layeth his hand vpon vs by his iudgements and chastizements wee are to be humbled in the sight and sence of our sinnes and beare them with patience and thankfulnes acknowledging Gods mercy in that we are Lam. 3. 22. not vtterly consumed and profit by them both for the mortifying of our sinnes and for our spirituall quickning vnto new obedience So when Heb. 5. 8. we see Gods Iudgements vpon others we are to take warning by their example and communicate with the faithfull in their sorrowes bearing Iosh 22. 20. 1 Cor. 10. 6. Rom. 12. 1. Psal 58 11. a part of their griefe and magnifying Gods Iustice which hath found out the wicked to inflict vpon them deserued punishments §. Sect. 2 Of the sanctifying of Gods name in lawfull oathes More especially there is required in this Commandement that wee glorifie and sanctifie Gods name by our oathes and vowes First by our oathes Deut. 6. 13. Esa 45. 23. vnto which is required first that we honour Gods name in swearing by it vpon a iust and necessary occasion acknowledging thereby Gods infinite wisdome from which nothing canly hid his Truth which abhorreth all lies and falshoods his Iustice which when he is called to be a witnesse and Iudge will neither suffer truth and innocency to goe vnrewarded nor vntruth and guiltinesse vnpunished without respect of persons Secondly that we sweare only by the name of God either directly Esa 65. 16. Ier. 12 6. or indirectly and by no creature in heauen or earth Thirdly that wee sweare after a lawfull manner vnto which is required that we sweare in truth that is to that which is true and truly according to the perswasion Ier. 4. 2. Rom. 9. 1. of our mindes In righteousnesse binding our selues thereby only vnto things lawfull and in iudgement whereby we discerne the necessitie of it in regard that we can no otherwise cleare the truth nor be beleeued in a matter of importance which much respecteth Gods glory or our owne or neighbours good And so come to the performance of this high and holy action with all reuerence as in Gods presence duly weighing and considering the conditions and circumstances of our oath according to the Scriptures Lastly that we sweare vnto a right end namely to the glory Iosh 7. 19. of God by reuealing and ratifying a necessary and vnknowne truth which could no otherwise bee made manifest and to the good of our neighbours Heb. 6. 16. and our selues that they may be satisfied all controuersies and strifes ended all doubts and suspitions remoued and our owne truth and Exod. 22. 11. innocency declared and cleared §. Sect. 3 Of the sanctifying Gods name by making and performing our vowes The second speciall thing here required is lawfull vowes whereby we cheerefully promise vnto God some thing which may be acceptable vnto him either because we haue already found him gracious and good vnto vs which moueth vs to doe this duty out of loue and thankefulnesse or because we expect his mercy and goodnesse for some benefit to be receiued or punishment to be auoided or remoued out of our faith and hope grounded vpon Gods promises Vnto which vowes that they may bee lawfull and acceptable vnto God there are two things required namely that we make them lawfully and truly to performe them Vnto the making of a lawfull vowe is required First that it be performed as a religious Psal 76. 11. act to God and none other Secondly that it bee done after a religious and holy manner 1. In truth with a sincere and cheerefull heart 2. In 2. Chro. 15. 15. righteousnesse vnto which is required in respect of the person that hee haue power in himselfe to vow that thing or haue the consent of his gouernours Secondly that the thing vowed be lawfull and acceptable vnto God as being good and commanded or of an indifferent nature but in respect of vs good and profitable and therefore to be vsed or hurtfull and inconuenient and therefore to be auoided Thirdly that we vowe in iudgement whereby we discerne that our vowe is in the former respects lawfull and very profitable either for the aduancing of Gods glory or our owne good The last thing required is that we make it to a right end as Psal 66. 13. namely to the glory of God the good of our neighbours and our owne benefit for the exercising of our temperance and sobriety or the renewing 61. 8. and furthering of our repentance or for the strengthening of our Num. 30. 14. 1. Sam. 1. 11. faith and our good purposes and resolutions about the performance of good duties In respect of performance of our vowes there is required Eccles 5. 3. Num. 30 3. that it be done at the time appointed and without delay and
dwell with vs and principally for our gouernours among other blessings crauing this aboue others that God will be pleased to giue them hearts to erect the exercises of Religion in their families to the aduancement of his owne glory and the saluation of themselues and those who are committed to their charge But yet let neither gouernours nor inferiours content themselues with these family-duties which they performe with others but set some time and place apart for their priuate deuotions that they may haue secret conference with God confessing and bewayling their particular sinnes and corruptions which being knowne onely to him and their owne consciences they would not haue men to take notice of them by any open acknowledgments laying open their speciall wants and desiring earnestly a supply of those gifts and graces wherein they finde themselues most defectiue and rendring thankes vnto God for those peculiar benefits and blessings which in a speciall manner he hath conferred vpon them §. Sect. 3 Of the extraordinary prayers vpon euery good occasion But it is not enough that we vse daily these set solemne and ordinary prayers but we must as our Sauiour inioyneth vs Pray alwayes and as the Luk. 18. 1. 1. Thes 5. 17. Vers 18. Apostle speaketh continually and without ceasing That is we must be ready to pray so often as God shall giue vs any occasion or as the Apostle speaketh in euery thing that is crauing Gods blessing when we vndertake any businesse and praysing his name for his gracious assistance whereby we haue beene inabled to atchieue it crauing his protection at the approching of any danger and his helpe and strength for the ouercomming of any difficulty which affronteth vs in our way In a word we must pray in season that is at our ordinary times and vpon common occasions and out of season that is extraordinarily when any speciall and new occasion offereth it selfe vnto vs. Vnto which prayers there is not required that we should vse our voyce or gestures of the body which are vsed in set prayers or that we should in any continued or long speach of the soule vnto God expresse our selues in all the parts of prayer but onely that we vse sudden and short eiaculations lifting vp our hearts vnto God and as it were darting vnto the Throne of grace our feruent desires which we may doe without being discerned in the middest of a crowd and without any distraction from our ordinary affaires And thus Nehemiah prayed vnto Nehem. 2. 4. God in the presence of an heathenish King for good successe in his suite Moses in the middest of the Armie for helpe and deliuerance when Exod. 14. 15. as they were pursued by the Egyptians And our Sauiour Christ himselfe at the graue of Lazarus And thus are we to pray continually and John 11. 38 41. without ceasing either in our set and solemne prayers or these short expressions of our hearts desires in all companies vpon all occasions and at all times not onely in the day time but euen in the night also either rising with Dauid to praise God when our hearts are rauished with the ioyfull apprehension of some extraordinary benefits according to that At Psal 119. 62. midnight will I rise to giue thankes vnto thee because of thy righteous Iudgements or with the Church in the Lamentations to craue helpe and deliuerance when we lie vnder the waight of some grieuous afflictions Arise saith she cry out in the night in the beginning of the watches powre out thine Lam. 2. 19. heart like water before the face of the Lord c. And this if wee doe our prayer will be more feruent and effectuall our senses and soules being sequestred from worldly affaires and not incumbred and interrupted in these holy exercises with any earthly distractions Or at ordinary times and vpon vsuall occasions lifting and raising vp our hearts and minds vnto God when we wake out of our sleepe praysing him for all his mercies and goodnesse and namely for the rest which he hath giuen vs and desiring the continuance of his loue and fauour with all the signes and testimonies of it But heere our chiefe care must bee that by this continuall custome and daily practice we doe not grow to a lesse esteeme of this high and holy duty that our hearts be not negligent and carelesse in the performance of it and so our prayers become cold and formall and performed more for custome then for conscience but that wee pray with our whole hearts in zeale and feruency of Spirit accounting it the highest priuiledge in the world that we haue daily and continually such sweete entercourse and communion with God and such free accesse vnto the Throne of grace at all times and vpon all occasions to make our suites and requests knowne vnto our Soueraigne King and gracious Father with assurance to haue them heard and granted The which must inflame our deuotion and zeale and cause vs to powre forth our hearts vnto God without which the prayer of the lips wanting the fire of zeale and deuotion will become as the Wise man speaketh the sacrifice of fooles And Eccl. 5. 1. therefore we must with Dauid powre out our soules vnto God and with the Psal 42. 4. afflicted Church lift vp our hearts with our hands vnto the Lord of heauen or else we can haue no assurance to be heard seeing these onely who thus doe Lam. 3. 41. haue the promise according to that of the Psalmist The Lord is nigh vnto Psal 145. 18. Esa 29. 13. all them that call vpon him to all that call vpon him in truth And if we would haue the sacrifice of our prayers accepted of God we must not only offer vnto him our outward members and parts but wash also our inwards our Leuit. 1. 13. hearts and affections and so offer our selues as a whole burnt offering vnto God And whilst we stretch out our hands our hearts also must be inlarged Psal 143. 6. with thirsting desires after the liuing waters and springs of Gods gifts and graces like vnto the thirsty land §. Sect. 4 Diuers motiues vnto the daily exercise of prayer Vnto which daily and continuall prayers with this zeale and feruency of Spirit we may be moued first if we consider that we stand in such Act. 17. 28. neede of Gods continuall helpe and assistance that wee cannot subsist without it the least minute for in him we liue and mooue and haue our being Secondly that we stand daily and continually in want of some gift and grace of God and of all of them in some measure and degree and also of some one or other of Gods temporall benefits or at least of the right and holy vse of them And therefore seeing our wants are continuall and God hath appointed prayer as the hand of the soule to be thrust into his rich Treasury of all grace and goodnesse for a continuall supply
shew and appearance of it so farre foorth as it doth not crosse Christian apologie and profession nor that rule of piety and charity giuen by our Sauiour Christ Let your light so shine before men Rom. 10. 10. Dan. 6. 10. that they may see your good workes and glorifie your Father which is in heauen For we may easily fall as diuers doe into the contrary extreme who so shun the shew of hypocrisie that they auoyd all profession of Religion and are as much ashamed to bee taken in the exercise of prayer or such like pious duties though it be at vnawares especially by those who are not as forward in profession as themselues as if they were doing somthing which is faulty and vnlawfull But this vse of voyce is necessary only in such priuat prayers as are set and solemne ordinary and in a priuate place for as for those short prayers eiaculations which are to be vsed vpon all occasions and in all companies it is sufficient that we lift vp our hearts vnto God without vsing the voyce especially in the presence of others wheÌ the thing we pray for concerneth not them but our selues and least of all when as 1. Sam. 1. 13. Nehem. 2. 4. they do not ioyne with vs in the sincere profession of the same truth as before wee shewed when we spoke of these short prayers and eiaculations § Sect. 2 That we must not affect prolixity and superfluity of words in our prayers And these are the things to be obserued in prayer in respect of our gesture and voyce In respect of the speech it selfe or words whereby our prayers are expressed diuers things are to be considered First in respect of the quantity and continuance of them wee must auoyd affectation of prolixity superfluity of words vaine babbling and idle repetitions which proceed not from any feruency of affection and earnestnesse of desire to obtaine the things we pray for arising from the sight and sense of our wants for in this case it may be lawfull and requisite to repeate often the same things as pressing our suits with such importunity as will admit of no deniall according to the example of Daniel O our God heare the prayer Dan. 9. 17 18 19. of thy seruant O my God incline thine eare and heare O Lord heare O Lord forgiue O Lord hearken and doe c. And of our Sauiour Christ himselfe Mark 14. 39. praying often in the same words that if it were possible the bitter cup of his Passion might passe from him but out of an opinion that we shall be the rather heard for the length of our prayers or out of an ostentation of our holinesse and deuotion or our extraordinary gift aboue others inabling vs to continue long in this exercise For this our Sauiour straitely forbiddeth When ye pray vse not vaine repetitions as the Heathen doe for Mat. 6. 7 8 9. they thinke that they shall be heard for their much speaking prescribeth the contrary practice in propounding that short and most pithy forme for our imitation and condemneth as hypocriticall in the Pharises who vnder pretence of long prayers deuoured widowes houses And Salomon likewise Math. 23. 14. Eccles 5. 2. Be not rash with thy mouth and let not thine heart bee hasty to vtter any thing before God for God is in heauen and thou vpon the earth therefore let thy words be few Of which our Sauiour giueth this reason Because our Father knoweth what things we haue need of before we aske him that is being infinite in wisedome he needeth not that wee should expresse our mindes in multitude of words for he vnderstandeth the desires of our hearts and being our gracious Father our wants serue as a loud cry and eloquent Math. 6. 8. oration to moue him to supply them and therefore hee needeth not that wee should vse multitude of words to giue him notice of those wants which he already knoweth before we aske nor to perswade him to grant our suits being more ready to giue then we to craue And Salomon rendreth another Because in the multitude of words there wanteth not sin which Pro. 10. 19. as it is generally true so especially in the exercise of prayer seeing through our naturall corruption we are so auerse vnto this duty and in the performance of it subiect to such coldnesse dulnesse and wearinesse that long prayers are often performed with much negligence and subiect to the interruptions and distractions of worldly cogitations and wandring thoughts And yet we are not so to vnderstand Salomon and our Sauiour as though they simply commended short prayers and condemned those that are long for the Wise-man himselfe at the consecrating of the 1. King 8. 22. to 54. Temple made one of the longest prayers that wee reade of in the Scriptures and our Sauiour is said to haue continued whole nights in prayer And the Apostle exhorteth vs to pray continually and with all manner of 1. Thes 5. 17. Ephes 6. 18. Col. 4. 2. prayer and supplication in the Spirit watching thereunto with all perseuerance But they onely forbid and condemne hypocriticall ostentation and superfluity of words vaine repetitions and opinion of meriting to be heard for them or when our words exceed our matter in their multiplicity and much babbling or both our words and matter our zeale deuotion and attention Neither are such prayers to be condemned for their prolixity but rather much to be commended when as there is no superfluity in our words to expresse our matter and mindes nor any negligence or want of zeale and attention in powring them forth before God for if we haue with the length of our prayers variety of good matter attention and feruency of affection we cannot be too long in this holy exercise And therefore the best rule of direction in this behalfe is that wee fit and proportion our words to our matter and both matter and words to our minds and hearts our faith and feruency deuotion and attention For if there be store of this diuine fire to kindle it the more fuell we cast on the greater the blaze and heate will be whereas if there be but some little fire and small sparkes too much of this fuell cast on at once will not helpe to kindle it but rather extinguish and put it cleane out In which regard wee are not alwaies to stint our selues to the same proportion and length of prayer but to watch the best opportunities and to diue our selues deepest in this Poole when the Spirit of God hath descended and moued the waters More specially we are ordinarily most fit for long prayers when our soules are prepared thereunto either by extrordinary afflictions when as our hearts are full of sorrowes and need a large vent to let them out and powre out our complaints into Gods bosome and replenished with feruent desires for helpe and deliuerance or by extraordinary benefits when as they are full of ioy
blessings which we receiue who not onely giueth them vnto vs but also all their vertue and power whereby they become effectuall for our nourishment we doe take them not chiefly as our owne prouision but at his hands as his gracious gifts which cannot nourish vs by their owne vertue but as he inableth them heereunto by his blessing In which regard it is necessary that before we receiue the creatures we doe in the next place sanctifie them vnto our vse by prayer and thanksgiuing crauing Gods blessing vpon our meates and drinkes that being thereby made effectuall for our nourishment we may in the strength of them doe him more diligent and faithfull seruice For to this end God 1. Tim. 4. 3 4 5. hath created our meates and drinkes that they should bee receiued with thankesgiuing of them which beleeue and know the truth as the Apostle teacheth vs seeing euery creature of God is good and nothing to be refused if it be receiued with thankesgiuing for it is sanctified by the Word of God and prayer And this hath beene the practice of the faithfull in all ages So we reade that the people would not eate before Samuel came because he did first blesse the sacrifice and afterwards they did eate that were bidden And the Apostle 1. Sam. 9. 13. Paul though he were among Heathens Infidels and common souldiers yet before he falleth to meate with them gaue thankes vnto the onely true God in the presence of them all And this also was the ordinary and constant custome of our Sauiour Christ himselfe which was the reason why Act. 27. 34 35. Mark 6. 41. Matth. 26. 26. Luk. 24. 30 31. the two disciples knew him by his blessing of the bread before he brake it and gaue it vnto them Which examples that we may imitate let vs consider that no creature hath vertue and power in it selfe to nourish vs vnlesse God that made it doe by his blessing sustaine it and giue vigour and strength vnto it that it may be effectuall for this vse For as our Sauiour saith Man liueth not by bread onely but by euery word which proceedeth out of Matth. 4. 4. Gods mouth that is that speciall and powerfull word whereby he appointeth and commandeth it to nourish vs. And if the Lord doe take away the staffe of bread that is the vertue and strength of it we shall eate and not bee satisfied be famished in the middest of our plenty and euen consume and Leuit. 26. 26. Ezech. 4. 16 17. 5. 16. waste away in our iniquity Yea if the Lord curse his blessings for our vngratitude we shall either haue no power to feede vpon them or in stead of nourishing vs they will be the causes of vveakenesse sickenesse and death it selfe Of the former not long since my selfe vvith many others savv a fearefull example in one vvhom I visited in his sicknesse of vvhich hee died vvhose strength being little abated and his appetite very good to his meate vvould often and earnestly desire to haue some brought vnto him but no sooner did it come into his sight but presently hee fell into horrible shaking and trembling distortions and terrible conuulsions of all his parts so as the bed vvould scarce hold him vvhereon he lay all vvhich presently ceased as soone as the meate vvas taken avvay And this vvas done so often till at length he grevv vveary of so many attempts in vaine and prepared himselfe for death giuing vnto vs all many signes of earnest repentance Among others he penitently confessed that this punishment was iustly inflicted vpon him for his abuse of Gods good creatures especially because he would neither of himselfe nor by the perswasion of his friends giue thankes vnto God when hee receiued his food which he conceiued to be the cause why now God would not suffer him to haue the vse of his creatures which he had so often abused by his grosse ingratitude and earnestly desired that hee might bee an example vnto all men in this fearefull iudgement that they might escape the like by shunning his sinne The which being so notorious I thought fit in this place to insert though no man is more sparing in such particular relations Neither let any man here say that all this might proceede from some naturall causes and that there might be some such like reason giuen of it as of that disease which Physicians call ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã ãâã when one bitten by a mad dog feareth the water like the dog that did bite him For howsoeuer it Diosâor l 7. c. 2. was an example strange and wonderfull yet doe I not say nor thinke that any thing in it was supernaturall and miraculous But let vs not for this cause neglect to make an holy vse of it in auoyding this sinne which God by this fearefull iudgement brought home to this poore mans conscience vnlesse we would proclaime that nothing but miracles can affect vs. For howsoeuer God bringeth these things to passe by naturall causes yet because they are so farre out of the ordinary course of nature and doe so rarely happen and seeing by a speciall prouidence God causeth a concurrence of seldome meeting causes that they may produce such strange effects after a wonderfull and vnwonted manner such examples should not bee much lesse effectuall to worke vpon our hearts and consciences then miracles themselues seeing they are purposely sent of God for this end And as God may iustly for our vnthankefulnesse vtterly depriue vs of the vse of his creatures so doth he often in their vse turne his blessings into curses making them through our abuse the causes of all diseases yea of death it selfe as common experience sheweth yea he may iustly cause the least bit of meate or crum of bread to choake in stead of nourishing vs the which also hath sometime happened Againe let vs consider that it is brutish and swinish vngratitude if when God openeth his hand and filleth vs Psal 114 27 28. 145 16. with plenty of his good pleasure we doe not by the eye of faith looke vp to the Author of all our good to render vnto him thankes for all his blessings yea heerein we shall be much worse then beasts in that diuers of them acknowledge their masters and recompence their care and cost by their profitable labour according to that of the Prophet The Oxe knoweth his owner and the Asse his masters crib but Israel doth not know my people doth Esa 1. 3. not consider §. Sect. 4 Of some short meditations before we eate Vnto this prayer and thanksgiuing let vs adde in the next place as opportunity will serue and our company and occasions permit some short meditations before we eate or in the beginning of our meale as first of Gods infinite goodnesse and bounty who preserueth and nourisheth all his creatures especially vs by a more speciall prouidence prouiding for vs sufficient plenty of all good blessings and
on the Spirit of meekenesse and patience which will enable vs to put vp iniuries and to passe by offences and to beare with the infirmities of our brethren till by some good meanes they may bee amended the Spirit of humility which will make vs to deny our selues our owne wills and obstinate conceits and to thinke better of the good parts of our brethren then our owne candidous and ingenuous simplicity whereby we are apt to interprete the words and actions of our brethren in the best sence and euen to season them if they be somewhat sowre or bitter with the sweetnesse of our nature and disposition §. Sect. 3 That our whole carriage and conuersation must be religious ciuill and honest And thus we are to prepare our selues before we goe into company if we desire to profit by it Now after we are come into it diuers duties are to be performed of vs some whereof generally concerne our whole conuersation and some more specially respect our workes and words Generally there is required that our carriage and conuersation bee holy and religious in respect of spirituall things and ciuill and honest in respect of the things of this life And first that chiefely ayming at Gods glory and our owne saluation wee labour by all meanes to aduance them and shunne all occasions in our whole conuersation whereby they may bee any waies impeached and hindred Secondly that wee be innocent and vnblameable in all our words and actions and giue no ill example scandall or offence vnto any that keepe companie with vs but shine before them in our faith and holy profession and in the light of a godly life that so they seeing our good workes may glorifie our heauenly Father and by our holy example may be gayned vnto Christ So the Apostle exhorteth Matth. 5. 16. vs to abstaine not onely from all euill but also from all appearance of 1 Pet 2. 12. it propounding himselfe an example of it vnto the Thessalonians for their imitation Ye are witnesses saith he and God also how holily and iustly and 1. Thes 2. 10. vnblameably we haue behaued our selues among them that beleeue for whom hee also prayeth that their whole spirit and body might be preserued blamelesse 1. Thes 5. 22 23. vnto the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ. Thirdly wee must bee iust and righteous in all our conuersation obseruing truth in our words and equitie in our actions giuing vnto euery one their due and dealing with others as wee would haue them to deale with vs which is a mayne bond of all good society and maketh it to hold together with peace and comfort And thus the Apostle exhorteth the Philippians to imbrace whatsoeuer Phil. 4. 8 9. things are true honest iust pure louely and of good report vertuous and praise-worthy and then the God of peace would dwell with them And telleth vs that they vnto whom the grace of God bringing saluation hath appeared are thereby taught not onely to liue holily towards God and soberly Tit. 2. 12. 1. 8. towards themselues but also righteously towards all that conuerse with them Fourthly we must be feruent in loue towards those with whom we consort which will make vs ready to performe all other duties vnto them according to that of the Apostle Owe no man any thing but to loue one another for he that loueth another hath fulfilled the Law Loue worketh no ill to his Rom. 13. 8 10. Col. 3. 14. neighbour c. And this loue will vnite vs together for it is the bond of perfection or a most perfect bond which knitteth vs together one with another Fifthly As we are of the same company so wee must labour to 1. Pet. 3. 8. be of the same minde and to minde the same things and to bee of the Rom. 12. 15. Phil. 3. 16. same affections reioycing with them that reioyce and weeping with them that weepe and to walke by the same rule as the Apostle speaketh so farre foorth as will stand with truth and iustice For if our bodies be vnited by society our minds and hearts being disioyned and disioynted wee shall bee but tyed together like Samsons Foxes by the tailes with firebrands betweene them and looking with our faces a contrary way shall hinder one another in all good proceedings Sixthly we must not carry our selues proudly towards one another nor being wise in our owne conceits mind high things Rom. 12. 16. for this will make vs so stiffe in our opinions that we will not bow vnto any mans iudgement but rather breake off all friendship and society about euery trifle then we will seeme to take the least foyle But contrariwise we must be of humble mindes and meeke spirits towards one another condescending to men euen of low estate in matters of truth and things indifferent and of small waight or dissenting from them in loue and after a meeke and peaceable manner Finally wee must bee patient and peaceable in all our conuersation and be much more ready to beare then offer iniuries according to the Apostles rule Recompence vnto no man euill for Rom. 12. 17 21. euill Prouide things honest in the sight of all men Bee not ouercome of euill but ouercome euill with good To which end wee must as elsewhere hee exhorteth vs Put on as the elect of God holy and beloued bowels of mercies kindnesse Col. 3. 12 13. humblenesse of minde meekenesse long-suffering forbearing one another and forgiuing one another if any man haue a quarrell against any euen as Christ forgaue vs. §. Sect. 4 How we must carry our selues in the company of those which are worldly and wicked And this ought to be our conuersation when we come in company with our brethren But what if by accident or by our necessary occasions wee Mat. 10. 33. fall into the company of meere worldlings and such as are irreligious and prophane Surely we are not to cast off the cloake of our profession and the badge and cognizance of vertuous and religious behauiour as though we were ashamed of our Master for if we thus deny him before men he also will deny vs before his Father which is in heauen And much lesse ought we to approue and applaude them in their wicked courses or because we would not displease them indure their reproches disgracefull taunts for our profession and practice of Religion countenance their ribauldry swearing and profane iests with our smiles or ioyne in the same gracelesse courses running together with them into the same excesse of riot that they may 1. Pet. 4. 4. not speake euil of vs. But so long as we are in their company we must labor by all meanes to reclaime them and to gaine them to Christ out-countenancing their leuity and profanenesse by our grauity and piety shining in our words countenance and conuersation And first our care must bee that in all our carriage we be vnblameable although their
buyer and when hee is gone away Pro. 20. 14. then hee boasteth of his bargaine So those who offer much vnder that iust value of the wares which their owne iudgement doth set vpon them whereby the seller is driuen to aske much aboue that so hee falling as the other riseth like the Scales which interchangeably tossing vp and dovvne stand at last in their due equipoyse hee may bring the price to some indifferencie all which vaine-spent time and labour might vvell haue beene saued many idle words spared and diuers abuses shunned and auoyded if on both sides they had vsed Christian simplicitie Finally the buyer much offendeth vvhen hauing agreed vpon the price and comming to pay it hee giueth not vnto the seller his full due but either wittingly misreckoneth him in the summe or tendreth vnto him in stead of currant and lawfull money slippes and base coyne vvashed clipped and light gold or pieces of lesse value oftentimes for those of greater vvhich through ouer-sight by reason of their likenesse may very easily bee mistaken the one for the other §. Sect. 7 How to auoid the faults commonly coÌmitted betweene buyers and sellers All which faults among buyers and sellers which so intolerably raigne in these times would easily bee auoyded if as wee professe wee would preferre Iustice and charity before deceit and selfe-loue and accordingly would labour to mortifie the one as hurtfull and pernicious and magnifie the other as most excellent and profitable both for the setting foorth of Gods glory and the furthering and assuring of our owne saluation If wee would but consider that God is present and beholdeth all our dealings and will one day as a righteous Iudge call them to account to reward them if they bee vpright and iust or to punish 1. Thes 4. 6. them if they bee wicked and deceitfull If finally when wee come to summe vp our gettings in our Trades at the yeeres end wee would put all our gaines in the one Scale and our soules which wee haue hazzarded to euerlasting losse by our vniust vntrue and deceitfull dealing into the other and consider how light they bee in comparison of it which as our Sauiour hath taught vs cannot bee counterpoysed by the Mark 8. 36. waight and worth of the whole world And so much concerning our dealings with one another in contracts and bargaynes the which I thought necessary to bee in some briefe manner handled in this Treatise because all Christians almost are often imployed in them and many whose callings consist in trading doe spend the most part of their liues in it As also because the corruptions of the times are so many and grieuous so backed with the multitude and countenanced with custome that they are scarce thought to bee any sinnes insomuch as many which otherwise feare God are often ouertaken with them either through ignorance walking according to the common course for want of better direction or being compelled as they suppose with vrgent necessitie to doe as others doe because there being so few which doe as they should and such multitudes which vse fraud and deceit if they should in their trading and dealings vse truth and iustice simplicity and honest plainenesse they should as the Prophet complaineth of his times become Esa 59. 15. a prey vnto others and bee exposed to the common spoile The which danger would in great part bee auoyded if men could liue by faith and cast themselues vpon Gods prouidence in the vse of lawfull meanes seeing hee neuer faileth them that trust in him And also if there were a generall reformation of these abuses and corruptions among them that sincerely professe Religion and truely feare God which might easily bee done without any danger to their estates seeing what is wanting in ill-gotten gaines would bee abundantly supplyed by the greatnesse of their custome for who that is wise would goe ordinarily to others where hee is likely to be deceiued when as hee may trade with them from whom he may assuredly expect honest and plaine dealing And so much concerning those duties of Christian conuersation which are to bee obserued in all companies and societies CAP. XXXI That Gouernours of families ought to traine vp those which are vnder their charge in the duties of godlinesse §. Sect. 1 That it is not enough for gouernours to be themselues religious but they must also traine vp those which are vnder their gouernment in the knowledge and practice of Religion THe next duties belonging vnto a godly life are such as a Christian ought to performe in his family all which may generally bee referred to this mayne duty that hee not onely duly and diligently serue God himselfe but also teach those who are vnder his charge to ioyne with him and not onely by instruction shew them the right way but also by wise and religious gouernement guiding and training them vp in the feare of the Lord hee must cause them to accompany him and to put in practice the holy duties of Gods seruice in which he hath informed them Neither is it sufficient that gouernours of families be good Christians in their owne particular and personall carriage but according to that place wherein God hath set them and that vocation whereunto they are called they ought to be Christian gouernours and not onely fight the Lords battels as common Souldiers but as wise and valiant Captaines they must leade on those which are vnder their charge and see that they in their places performe good seruice to our grand Emperour and chiefe Commander the Lord of Hosts as well as they And as Stewards and Bayliffes vnder our great Lord and Master they must appoint their children and seruants vnto their taske and see also that they performe it And thus Ioshuah as a gouernour of the Common-wealth instructed the whole congregation in the Law of Ios 8. â5 24. 15. God with the women little ones and the strangers that were conuersant amongst them And as a master of a family vndertaketh not onely for himselfe but also for his whole houshold that hee with them would serue the Lord. And as Dauids care extended to the wise and religious gouernement of the whole Common-wealth as their King and Soueraigne so he thought these high and waighty imployments no priuiledge to exempt him from performing his speciall duty as a Master in the well ordering of his family And therefore he professeth that hee would walke within his house with Psal 101. a perfect heart neither nourishing wickednesse in himselfe nor induring it in any of his seruants And that hee would driue out and expulse vngodly men out of his family and setting his eyes vpon the faithfull of the land and such as walked in a perfect way as his speciall fauourites he would make choice of them for his houshold seruants Yea vertuous Hester Hest 4. 16. though a Queene matched with an idolatrous King and vnder an heathenish gouernement not onely her selfe diligently
shamefull ouerthrow vnlesse our Christian Armour be put on and fastened vnto vs with the girdle of verity and vnlesse wee be trained vp in this Christian warfare and taught rightly to vse the sword of the Spirit the Word of God Now if vowes must be paid without delay then Psal 76. 11. how much more this which importeth vs as much as our saluation A third reason may be taken from Gods loue and fatherly care and prouidence watching ouer vs and preseruing vs from all perils and dangers in the time of our infancie and childehood vnto which as we were naturally most prone so were wee vtterly vnable to auoid them by our owne prouidence or to vse any meanes to helpe our selues Which consideration should moue vs as soone as we are come to knowledge and discretion to testifie our thankefulnesse by learning his waies that wee may walke in them and thereby glorifie him who hath so graciously preserued vs. Fourthly let vs consider that the Law was giuen not onely to the ancient and them of ripe age but also to children and young men that they might cleanse their wayes by taking heede thereunto according to Gods Psal 119. 9. Word which made Iosuah to reade it vnto them all alike And both old Iosh 8. 35. and yong shall be called to giue an account of their workes and waies at the last day according to that in the Reuelation I saw the dead great and Apoc. 20. 12. small stand before God and the bookes were opened c. and the dead were iudged out of those things which were written in those bookes according to their workes And therefore the young as well as the old must prepare themselues for their reckoning and learne both what strength the Booke of the Law hath to indite and condemne him and how by the Gospell they may trauerse this inditement and be acquitted from that dreadfull sentence of condemnation by pleading full satisfaction by Iesus Christ And therefore when his soule wallowing it selfe in carnall delights saith vnto him Reioyce Eccles 11. 9. O yong man in thy youth and let thine heart cheere thee in the dayes of thy youth and walke in the waies of thine heart and in the sight of thine eyes then let him remember that for all these things God will bring him to iudgement Fifthly consider that this age aboue all others is most fit to receiue and retaine instruction and information in the wayes of the Lord as also reformation and amendment of our sinfull courses Which if it bee deferred to riper age they will be lesse able to learne the will and wayes of God to hold them in memory or to obey and walke in them For the faculties of the soule will bee more enfeebled and they distracted with earthly cares and loue of the world ambition couetousnesse voluptuousnesse they will then be more apt to content themselues with their ignorance wherin they haue bin so long nuzzled their passions will grow strong and violent and custome of sinning laying fast hold on them will pull them backe from the schoole of piety yea will make them openly to professe that they are now too old to learne by all which who seeth not how desperately they hazzard their saluation who put off instruction and neglect the meanes of it in the time of their youth And therefore let vs hearken to the Wise mans counsell and remember now our Creator in the daies of our Eccles 12. 1. youth while the euill daies come not nor the yeeres draw nigh when thou shalt say I haue no pleasure in them Sixthly let vs remember that God would haue first fruits offered vnto him as a type to teach vs that the prime of our age is an oblation wherein he chiefly delighteth that our Sauiour was much pleased when little children entertained him with their applause Crying Math. 21. 15. Psal 8. 2. Hosanna to the Sonne of Dauid that God out of the mouth of babes and sucklings hath ordained strength because of his enemies that he might stil the enemie the auenger Finally that in the time of the law they were inioyned to offer vnto God the yong and lusty not the old and lame to shew that the Lord would haue the prime of our age and strength consecrated to his seruice although in the Gospell all are inuited to the marriage Supper the poore Luke 14. 21. maimed halt and blinde because so we bring with vs the wedding garment it is better in our age to come halting to the feast and through the dimnesse of our sight groping for the right way then to frame worldly excuses and absent our selues altogether §. Sect. 9 Of the great profit of this exercise of catechizing Lastly let the profit manifold benefits which accompany this dutie be an effectuall meanes to perswade vs vnto it For they only are saued who Ioh. 3. 16 17 36 Mar. 16. 16. Rom. 10. 15 17. haue faith and they faith alone who haue knowledge both which come by hearing as the Apostle teacheth vs How shall they call vpon him in whom they haue not beleeued and how shall they beleeue in him of whom they haue not heard and how shall they heare without a Preacher So then faith commeth by hearing and hearing by the Word of God And this the Apostate Iulian well knew and therefore to roote out the Church he thought it the most effectuall way to put downe Christian Schooles and Religious exercises that being depriued of all meanes of knowledge hee might leade them in their ignorance which way hee listed Secondly it is a notable meanes to free them from errours and heresies when they are grounded in the knowledge of the truth and the analogie of faith that will serue them as a touchstone and rule according to which doctrines must bee examined which whoso want may easily be led euen into fundamentall errours For as the Apostle saith there must bee heresies in the world vnto 1. Cor. 11. 19. which men naturally are more inclined then vnto the truth and therefore we must not hand ouer head hearken vnto euery spirit nor when we heare iudge of them according to our naturall reason but wee must as the Apostle Iohn exhorteth vs try them whether they be of God or no by 1. Ioh. 4. 1. bringing them to be examined by the touchstone of his Truth The which wee shall be vtterly vnable to doe if we be not acquainted with the Scriptures and haue no knowledge of the maine principles and the analogie of faith contayned in them Where by the way wee may note the cause why Popery so much increaseth amongst vs namely because for want of catechizing in many places the people remaine ignorant of the principles of Christian Religion and so vpon the alleadging of any carnall reason plausible to corrupted nature they become an easie prey to the Priests and Iesuites Thirdly It helpeth notably to the hearing of Sermons with profit
and therefore cannot apply vnto vs Christ our Righteousnesse Though they doe not iustifie vs before God yet they iustifie vs before men that is declare that we are iustified Though they be not causes yet they are necessary and inseparable effects of our iustification Though they are not required vnto the act of iustification but faith onely vniting vs vnto Christ our Righteousnesse yet vnto the party iustified for as hee that doth righteousnesse is righteous so hee that is righteous 1. Ioh. 3. 7. doth righteousnesse the cause and effect alwayes concurring and going together Finally though they bee not meritorious causes of saluation which is Gods free gift an inheritance and not a purchase made by our selues yet they are the meanes which assure vs of it and though they be not the cause of our raigning yet they are the way to the Kingdome Finally they are the vndoubted signes and as the Apostle calleth them the proofe of our loue whereby we may try whether it be vnfained or hypocriticall Ioh. 14. 15. for if we loue God we will keepe his Commandements and also of the truth and sincerity of our Religion which is not so well knowne from that Iam. 1. 27. which is false by an outward profession as by the holy practice of it in the workes of piety iustice mercy and Christian charity §. Sect. 6 Of the rewards of good works Lastly let vs consider that the Lord will richly of his free grace reward these workes with glory and happinesse in his Kingdome For though the strength of our title stand vpon Gods free gift yet wee are entred into the possession of it by the workes of mercy as being infallible signes that wee are the true and lawfull heires vnto whom this heauenly patrimony doth belong by right of Couenant according to that of our Sauiour Come ye Mat. 25. 34 35. blessed of my Father inherit the Kingdome prepared for you from the foundation of the world for I was hungry and ye gaue me meate I was thirsty and ye gaue me drinke c. So the Apostle saith that at the day of Iudgement Christ will render to euery man according to his deeds To them who by patient continuance Rom. 2. 7 8. in well-doing seeke for glory honour and immortality eternall life but to them that are contentious and doe not obey the truth but obey vnrighteousnesse indignation and wrath c. Whereby it appeareth that if euer we meane to attaine vnto euerlasting happinesse we must not content our selues with an opinion of our inward piety and sincerity nor with an outward profession of Religion but we must bring foorth the fruits of them both in the workes of holinesse and righteousnesse For not euery one that saith Lord Mat. 7. 21 22. Luk. 11. 28. Ioh. 13. 17. Apoc. 1. 3. Lord shall enter into Gods Kingdome but they that doe his will And they only are pronounced happy who heare the Word of God and keep it As for those who please themselues with the profession of piety neglect the practice in the fruits of obedience and duties of a godly life they are presently in danger to be cut off like hypocrits dead branches with Gods iudgemeÌts according to that of Iohn the Baptist Now is the axe laid to the root of the trees Mat. 3. 10. Ioh. 15. 2. Therefore euery tree which bringeth not forth good fruit is hewne downe cast into the fire And in the World to come shall be excluded from Gods presence and haue their portion in euerlasting fire prepared for the deuill and his Mat. 7. 23. 25. 41. angels not only as workers of iniquity but also as neglecters of the workes of mercy and Christian charity to the poore members of Iesus Christ CAP. IIII. That we must performe vniuersall obedience to the whole will of God §. Sect. 1 That only vniuersall obedience to Gods will Word is accepted of him AND thus haue we shewed that our obedience ought to bee vniuersall in respect of the subiect or the person that performeth it In the next place we are to shew that there is also an vniuersality required in respect of the obiect whereby we vnderstand the whole will of God reuealed in the Scriptures Neither is it sufficient that we performe some or many duties and neglect the rest but wee must in all things bee conformable to all Gods Commandements which is not so to be vnderstood as though we could actually doe all that God requireth for in many things wee sinne all but of Iam. 3. 2. an habituall obedience and disposition of our hearts whereby wee desire resolue and indeuour in all things to doe Gods will in as great perfection as we can bewailing our wants and imperfections when we faile and come short of our desires Of which we haue an example in Dauid who Psal 119. 6. had respect vnto all Gods Commandements and in the remnant of the Captiuity who bound themselues by couenant and oath to walke in Gods Law Nehem. 10. 29. and to obserue and doe all the Commandements of the Lord their God and in Zachary and Elizabeth who were righteous before God walking in all the Luk. 1. 6. Commandements and Ordinances of the Lord blamelesse The contrary whereof we see in the example of Iehu who obeyed God in destroying the house 2. King 10. of Ahab and Baal with his Priests for the establishing of his owne Kingdome but not in taking away the golden Calues In Herod who Mark 6. 20. heard Iohn the Baptist willingly and obeyed his doctrine in many things but would not leaue his Incest In Iudas and Demas who performed many good duties but would not forsake their couetousnesse and loue of the world And finally in Ananias and Saphyra who were content to share Act. 5. with God but kept part of the possession which they had wholly consecrated vnto him for their owne vse But our obedience must be vniuersall keeping no sinne as sweet vnder our tongue but we must in the disposition Job 20. 12. desire and purpose of our hearts renounce all sinnes whatsoeuer without exception be they neuer so pleasing or profitable yea wee must with greatest hatred pursue those vnto which our corrupt natures are most inclined making warre as against all these wicked enemies of God so most earnestly against this Canaanitish brood which dwell in our Land And contrariwise we must loue and imbrace all vertues and practise all Christian duties which God hath commanded though they be neuer so hard and difficult to our corrupt disposition yea the more auerse our sinfull natures are vnto them so much the more earnestly we must labour to imbrace and practise them For if we make any composition with Satan and our owne flesh to giue willing entertainement vnto any sinne or to neglect any vertue or Christian duty our obedience is but hypocriticall and fained and the sinne reserued like a
our selues that with all our indeuour wee striue to make our best speed §. Sect. 7 That we must performe all good duties with a quiet and peaceable minde The third rule is that we labour to performe all the duties of a godly life with a peaceable and quiet minde which is not disturbed with disheartening Rom. 5. 3. feares or tumultuous passions The which calme quietnesse ariseth from two causes The chiefe and principall is our peace with God and peace of conscience which are effects and fruits of our iustification by faith The which assuring vs of the remission of our sinnes our reconciliation with God victory ouer all the enemies of our saluation and that the Lord so watcheth ouer vs with his prouidence and ruleth vs in all our wayes with his Wisedome and Power that wee shall neuer fall from him and so ouer-ruleth all things which oppose vs that nothing shall be able to hurt or hinder vs and all things shall turne to our good and further our saluation we are made heereby constant cheerfull and couragious in all Christian duties seruing the Lord in holinesse and righteousnesse Luk. 1. 74 75. without feare all the dayes of our liues For then our sinnes and the iudgements of God due vnto them will not terrifie vs the malicious assaults and tentations of our spirituall enemies will not affright and discourage vs afflictions and persecutions for righteousnesse sake and for the profession and practice of Gods true Religion will not daunt and dismay vs but we will in despite of all these oppositions hold on our way and finish our course with ioy Whereas if wee want this inward peace and tranquillity our sinnes will presse vs downe as an heauie burthen and Psal 38. 4. hinder our proceeding in the wayes of godlinesse our consciences will accuse and terrifie vs Satan with his tentations will affright and beate vs downe and outward troubles ioyned with those inward discouragements which we finde in our selues will so vexe and disquiet vs that either wee shall desist in the wayes of godlinesse as despairing to ouercome all these difficulties or else proceed slowly and vnsettledly with much vnconstancy and discomfort The second cause of this inward peace and tranquillity of mind is the subduing and mortifying of our carnall lusts and tumultuous passions as worldly loue fleshly feare rash anger and the rest and the right ordering of all our affections when they are sanctified For where those vnruly passions doe still liue and beare sway they blind the mind that it cannot discerne the right way corrupt and ouer-rule the will that it cannot chuse euen that which the iudgement approueth and so vnsettle vs in all good courses that we can keepe no constant tenour in them but vpon euery slight occasion all our good resolutions are ouerthrowne and we quite turned out of the right way Whereas if these bee subdued and kept as it were vnder hatches the mind being quiet is able to iudge vprightly and the will to imbrace that which holy reason commendeth to its choyce and the worke of piety prospereth and proceedeth without any disturbance And as we are thus to mortifie our carnall lusts so we must rightly order our affections and passions euen after they are sanctified that they may performe their duties in due time and place and like seruants attend vpon holy reason that they may assist it and not as commanders and chiefe agents goe before it For as when a right and due order is obserued in the performing Christian duties reason being inlightened by Gods Word and Spirit first approuing them the will vpon the commendation of reason chusing them and the affections and passions subiecting themselues to the seruice of them both affect and desire them and oppose with all their strength all impediments which hinder their producing into act out of this orderly proceeding as in a well gouerned state wee become constant in all good courses contrariwise when affections beare chiefest sway and are the first mouers vnto Christian duties reason being thrust from his throne and will from the councell table though we may by fits and flashes performe them yet doing them in a disorderly manner not out of sound iudgement rightly informed but out of sudden and vngrounded passions wee can neuer bee constant in any good course but hot and zealous whilest the heat of passion lasteth remisse and indifferent when this feruour abateth and stone-cold when it ceaseth And this is the true cause why so many who haue beene zealous professours in their youth become luke-warme when they come to riper yeeres and wholly cold and negligent worldly and profane in their old age because their Religion and deuotion was but a flash of youthfull passion and not well-grounded vpon sanctified reason and a sound and settled iudgement conuinced by the euidence of truth and rightly informed by the Word of God And therefore seeing the first beginnings were disorderly and confused it is no maruell if the proceedings be vnsettled and vnconstant and hauing laid so vnstable and vnsure a foundation it is no great wonder if the whole building in short time become ruinous §. Sect. 8 That all our duties must arise from the fundamentall graces of a godly life The fourth rule is that all the duties of a godly life doe not only arise and spring from those inward and fundamentall graces sauing knowledge a liuely faith purity of heart a good conscience and feruent loue as I haue already shewed at large in the beginning of this Treatise but also that they be ioyned and accompanied with other Christian and internall vertues and principally Christian prudence zeale and humility without which they cannot be acceptable vnto God Christian prudence is most necessary to the well performing of all good duties because it guideth and directeth vs in all particular actions that they may bee done aright both in respect of the matter and the manner the substance and circumstances of which if we faile or of any one of them our workes otherwise commendable doe lose all their grace and excellency For though they be neuer so good in the matter yet if they be done in an ill manner and though for their substance they seeme neuer so glorious yet if we faile in the circumstances not obseruing due time place or persons that which is generally good in the Thesi and Theory ceaseth to bee so in the Hypothesi and in respect of the particular act as it is done by vs neither can we safely passe thorow all these narrow straits and difficult passages vnlesse Christian prudence sit at the Helme and direct vs in all our courses Besides this prudence is necessary for the guiding and tempering of our zeale which is a good Souldier in the Christian warfare but an ill Commander as being fit for execution but not to giue directions and if it be not vnder the conduct of prudence it becommeth blind and preposterous rash and wilfull like a headstrong
preseruing and nourishing of all our other parts §. Sect. 2 That the ministery of the Word is a chiefe meanes of our spirituall life The first meanes of a godly life is the ministery of the Word the which is the ordinary meanes of begetting vs to the life of godlinesse and of beginning in vs all spirituall and sauing graces by which as inward causes we outwardly mooue in all Christian and holy duties Of raising vs from the death of sinne and cleansing and purging vs from the guilt and corruption of it and also of so quickening and reuiuing vs that we are inabled to performe the actions of holinesse and to bring forth the fruits of a godly conuersation Thus the Apostle calleth it Gods Rom. 1. 16. strong power whereby hee pulleth vs out of the state of death into the the state of life and saluation and the Apostle Peter The immortall and incorruptible seed which begetteth vs vnto God liuing and abiding in vs for 1. Pet. 1. 23. euer And hence it is that the Ministers of the Word are called our spirituall 1. Cor. 4. 15. fathers who beget vs vnto God because being dispensers of the Word of grace they are instruments and meanes of our Regeneration Thus our Sauior saith that the houre was comming yea euen then was that Joh. 5. 25. the dead should heare his voyce and liue that is those which were dead in trespasses and sinnes should be quickened and haue their part in the first Resurrection by vertue of his Word preached for at this death and Resurrection that whole discourse aimeth And as we haue first our spirituall life from the ministery of the Word so also our cleansing and sanctification from the corruption and filth of sinne whereby we are wholly disabled vnto all holy duties of a godly life For so our Sauiour telleth his Disciples that they were cleane through his Word which hee had spoken vnto Ioh. 15. 3. them By which meanes he desireth his Father in his holy Prayer to sanctifie them more and more Sanctifie them with thy truth thy Word is truth Ioh. 17. 17. So the Apostle saith that our Sauiour gaue himselfe for his Church that hee Ephes 5. 26. might sanctifie and cleanse it with the washing of water by the Word and implyeth elsewhere that we cannot ordinarily haue faith by which the iust man liueth but by the preaching and hearing of the Word How can they Rom. 1. 17. beleeue in him of whom they haue not heard and how shall they heare without a Preacher And after expressely affirmeth That faith commeth by hearing and 10. 14 17. and hearing by the Word of God And in another place he intimateth that we cannot put off the old man and being renewed in the spirit of our minds Ephes 4. 21 22. put on the new which after God is created in righteousnesse and true holinesse vnlesse we haue first heard Christ and been taught by him in the ministery of his Word But here we must take heed that we doe not attribute our new birth and spirituall cleansing vnto the Word preached as hauing in it any inherent power to giue life and grace in it owne nature or as it is by man preached vnto vs for then all that heare it would be quickened vnto holinesse and new obedience whereas common and wofull experience teacheth vs that after the Gospell hath been long preached in diuers places the greatest number remaine vnregenerate and dead in their sinnes nor yet as vnto a principall and chiefe cause of reuiuing vs for this were to make an Idol of it by attributing vnto it Gods prerogatiues and peculiar Math. 23. 9. actions who alone is able to regenerate vs as hee onely could first create vs. But we are to attribute this vertue of giuing spirituall life to the Word preached not as comming from man but as it is the Word of God and his holy ordinance which hee hath instituted and sanctified to this vse of giuing spirituall life and the begetting and increasing of his graces in vs. By vertue of which ordination and the blessing of God vpon it the Word receiueth all its power and vigour to quicken and preserue our spirituall life euen as by the ordinance of God and his blessing wee receiue our naturall life by generation and the preseruation of it by food and clothing which in themselues exceed not other creatures in their vertue for these vses but onely so far forth as God by his blessing inableth them vnto them The which if he withdraw our meate will not nourish Math. 11. 21. Luk. 12. 47. vs but rather become our bane and poyson and the Word preached will be so farre from being a Word of life and saluation that it will become the sauour of death vnto death to our deepe condemnation In which regard 2. Cor. 2. 16. wee must not rest in the preaching and hearing of the Word as in the deed done for the begetting of Gods graces and beginning in vs the life of godlinesse for thus it is onely the Spirit that quickeneth making the Ioh. 6. 63. same Word and at the same time effectuall vnto some for these ends by an inward secret and powerfull operation which for want hereof is heard of others without any profit but vse it as Gods ordinance vnto which his blessing is promised and doth so ordinarily accompany it in the harts of all those that vse it in obedience to God and desire to profit by it for the former ends that we may as well hope for spirituall life by feeding on this food as for the preseruing of naturall life by meate and drinke seeing both alike are Gods ordinance and by his power he is effectuall in the one as well as the other And so contrariwise the neglect of this meanes when God giueth it doth take away all hope of the spirituall life of grace seeing we tempt the Lord in refusing the meanes and despising his ordinance like those who pretending that they rest vpon Gods sole power and promise for the preseruing of their liues should vtterly refuse to eate or drinke Againe whereas I say that the preaching of the Word is the ordinary meanes of life and grace when the Lord granteth it vnto vs we are to beware that we doe not limit Gods power vnto it as though hee could not any other way quicken sanctifie and saue vs. For he is able without all meanes to doe all these by the sole and secret worke of his holy Spirit being such an All-sufficient workman in himselfe that he needeth not the helpe of any instruments as we see in his sanctifying and sauing of elect Infants dying whilest they are vncapable of outward meanes for euen in them these two goe together seeing the rule is generall that without holinesse no man shall see the Lord. And hee is able to sanctifie other Heb. 12. 14. meanes for these vses as he ordinarily doth where
15. and his fellows that fed vpon plaine pulse which God had sanctified to their vse were fatter and in better liking then they that did eate the portion of the kings meate so those people and Parishes would be found more thriuing Christians both in knowledge practice who are fed with the pulse of plaine Preaching with wholsome though homely food because they can feed vpon it and better disgest it then others that haue a kingly portion of abstruse learning wit and eloquence sometimes though rarely allowed vnto them seeing they are meates of too hard disgestion for their weake stomakes causing crudities humorous and ill-concocted conceits and seldome affording any wholesome nourishment §. Sect. 6 Of the duties of the people respecting the Ministery of the Word The consideration whereof as it should effectually moue Gods Ministers to take such a course in their preaching as is most fit and profitable for 1. Cor. 9. 22. their hearers and denying themselues and the praise of their great learning and gifts in the worke of their Ministery to become as weake to those that are weake that they may gaine them to Christ so also should it moue the people who desire to bee built vp in sauing knowledge and in the practice of all holy duties belonging to a godly life to affect such teachers as being learned and sufficient doe conscionably apply themselues to their capacity for their instruction and edification To which purpose they must striue with God in their feruent prayers that he will send such labourers into Mat. 9. 38. his haruest and in humility and submissiue obedience as their place and calling wil permit labour by earnest suite with superiour Magistrates ouer Church and Common wealth and especially with Patrones and disposers of Church-preferments that they will prouide and set ouer them such faithfull and painefull Pastours as will feed them with food conuenient for the preseruing of their soules in spirituall life and the nourishing and increasing of Gods graces in them not foolishly affecting and admiring as it is common with those that are most ignorant such teachers as desiring the praise of their great learning more then the saluation of their peoples soules doe most exceed the short reach of their shallow capacities like vnto cold stomacks which haue a greedy appetite after meates of hard disgestion but when they haue receiued them for want of naturall heate turne them into wind which affecteth their braine with noysome vapours and are not able to conuert them into any wholesome nourishment Secondly their care must be as much as in them lyeth and the necessary preseruation of their state will suffer them to place themselues vnder such a Ministery as will helpe them forward in their spirituall thrift and growth of grace and counting according to Maries choyce and our Sauiours approbation this one thing necessary let them preferre it before all worldly Luk. 10. 42. things as fertile soyles good ayre well-seated houses and shops fit for trading delightfull walkes and prospects and plentifull prouision for house-keeping which without the other may make full purses and Barnes but hearts empty of all grace and goodnesse healthy and well-liking bodies but hunger-starued leane and sickly soules Thirdly they must ioyne their cost with their care and like the wise Merchant esteeme this Mat. 13. 44 45. precious pearle and hid treasure aboue all other their possessions they must if it be in their power purchase it at any rate seeing it only can make them truely rich according to the counsell of the Wiseman Buy the truth Pro. 23. 23. and sell it not thinking that part of their wealth well spared which serueth as a meanes to bring them vnto the right vse of all the rest and to inrich their soules with the incomparable treasures of Gods sauing graces whereby they are strengthened to the wise performance of all Christian duties Fourthly hauing Ministers though not eminent and excellent in their gifts yet of some good towardlinesse and willingnesse to grow vnto more perfection they must giue them no discouragements by their bitter censures awke and froward carriage backwardnesse to pay vnto them their right or running from them vpon euery slight occasion to heare others but rather they must nourish and cherish the good things which they see in them that they may increase more and more by shewing all loue and kindnesse due reuerence and respect especially by regarding them in the worke of their Ministery and hearing them with all diligence constancie and attention For by thus drawing the brests of their spirituall nurses they shall bring downe their milke and cause it to increase and abound at least to a sufficiency of nourishment whereas if it be not sucked it will curdle in the brest and make them heart-sicke to be thus neglected or else in short time turne backe and quite drying vp leaue vnto them no nourishment at all Finally when God hath prouided for them such as are eminent in their gifts and painefull in their Ministery labouring in word and doctrine and going out and in before them as good guides in their gouernement and holy example they must not grudge to giue them the double honour of reuerence and maintenance and together with the heauy waight of their Ministery suffer them to lye gasping and groning vnder the burthen of pouerty and contempt but giue them all good incouragement not thinking much that those who impart vnto them heauenly treasures should be 1. Cor. 9. 11. partakers with them of their earthly blessings but especially they must labour to profit by their paines in knowledge and fruitfull obedience which is the ioy of their hearts the life of their life and the Crowne of 2. Cor. 3. 1. Phil. 4. 1. their Ministery lest when they see that they sow all their good seed in barren soyles and with the Prophet and our Sauiour Christ himselfe haue iust cause to complaine that they haue laboured and spent their strength in Esa 49. 4. vaine they be forced to make choyce of better and more fruitfull grounds and to imploy their labours in some other place where they may more glorifie God and receiue more ioy and comfort to their owne hearts CAP. VI. Of the duties of the people in hearing of the Word and first of such as are to be performed in their preparation §. Sect. 1 That we must vse preparation before the hearing of the Word and wherin it consisteth ANd these are the things which are required vnto the right preaching of the Word Vnto the right hearing of it that it may be a powerfull meanes to inrich vs with Gods graces and to strengthen vs vnto all Christian duties of a godly life some things are required before wee heare some things in hearing and some things after we haue heard it Before we heare we must vse due preparation vnto which is required first that we enter into a serious consideration of Gods glorious presence
consciences from dead works and their naturall impurity the sanctity of our memories whereby they become faithfull Registers of good things the freedome of our willes in chusing good and refusing of euill the suppling softening and sanctifying of our hearts the rectifying right ordering purging and and renewing of our affections as loue hatred confidence hope feare despaire ioy sorrow anger zeale and the rest The sanctity of our bodies and outward actions appearing in our new obedience and good workes The integrity sincerity alacrity and constancy of them the parts of this obedience which are the denying of our selues and the profession of Christ How we are to deny our selues namely by resigning vp our selues wholly vnto God to be not onely his seruants but also his souldiers in the Christian warfare where we may take occasion to meditate of that due preparation which is required to this warfare and of the Christian armour and of the conflict it selfe consisting in the manifold tentations of our spirituall enemies and our resistance and of our standing and falling in it How we are also to deny our selues in taking vp our crosse and following of Christ bearing with patience whatsoeuer afflictions hee imposeth and of the meanes whereby we may attaine vnto it In respect of our profession of Christ we are to meditate how we are to carry our selues towards Christ himselfe and how towards his members How wee are to professe Christ at all times by inuocation and calling vpon God in his name and mediation And here we haue much profitable matter of meditation concerning prayer both in respect of the doctrine and vse of it of which I haue before spoken and the particular practice of it in the Lords Prayer of which we may profitably meditate proceeding from one petition to another The profession of Christ in time of danger which is either the profession of the mouth by Christian apologie or of the fact by suffering persecution and martyrdome of which we may meditate and the meanes whereby we may be prepared and strengthened vnto them The profession of Christ respecting his members is our edifying them by instruction admonition exhortation consolation and good example or our helping and relieuing them by the workes of mercy and almes-deedes whereon we may profitably meditate and of the motiues and meanes whereby we may be stirred vp and inabled to performe them And finally our perseuerance in grace and in all these Christian duties euen to the very end of our liues which is the consummation of all the rest is necessary to be thought vpon our certainty of it and by what meanes wee may come to this assurance And thus wee must meditate on the degrees of Gods executing the Decree of our election in this life In respect of the life to come hee executeth it by our glorification of which we may meditate as it is begun or perfected It is begun at the death of the Elect whereby their soules being separated from their bodies are receiued into the ioyes of heauen The which our death is an excellent subiect of meditation as of the nature of it to the elect the certainty of it and vncertainty of the time of our preparation to it and meanes whereby we may be armed against the feare of it §. Sect. 8 Of the meanes of executing the Decree of reprobation Contrariwise there is much matter of meditation afforded from the proper meanes of Gods executing the Decree of reprobation in the wicked as both from the foundation of it the fall of Adam and the hatred and wrath of God following vpon it and also from the degrees of executing this Decree in the wicked and vnfaithfull which are proper to those which are either called or not called or common to them both The former are either hypocrites or openly prophane The degrees proper to these are an vneffectuall calling and their relapse from it into their former wickednesse Here we may meditate of the degrees of this calling which are inward illumination of the minde in the knowledge of the truth worldly and carnall penitence and sorrow arising from terrour and feare or sense and feeling of punishment temporary faith taste of heauenly gifts and externall reformation of life Where wee may consider how farre a reprobate may goe in Christianity and what reall and substantiall differences we can obserue betweene those shewes of graces which are in them and the truth of them in our selues that wee may be the better assured of our sincerity and vprightnesse before God The degrees of relapse in those which are thus vneffectually called are first that they are deceiued with sin and the fraud of their owne deceitfull hearts from whence their hearts become hardened and from thence stubbornly peruerse and so through incredulity not assenting to the truth of Gods Word they breake out to open prophanenesse which is in the end accompanied with despaire and finall Apostacie Vpon all which wee may meditate that wee may make our owne calling and election sure by withstanding the first degrees of Apostacie watching ouer our selues as the Apostle warneth vs that we be not hardned and drawne away by the deceitfulnesse of sinne that there be not found in vs an euill heart of vnbeliefe Heb. 3. 12 13. in departing from the liuing God The degrees of executing this Decree in those which are not called who for the most part are ignorantly superstitious Idolaters Pagans and Atheists are the holding and detayning of the truth in iniustice naturall ignorance and vanity of mind hardnesse Rom. 1. 20 21 c. of heart a reprobate minde and committing of sinne with greedinesse And the degrees common to both are their pollution with all sinne and wickednesse in their liues and their entrance into condemnation at their death when as their soules being separated from their bodies are cast in the torments of hell and pursued with the wrath of God On all which we may meditate that we may take occasion to magnifie Gods Iustice towards them in their deserued punishments and his free grace and vndeserued loue towards vs who being in the same masse and lumpe of corruption are separated from them and made vessels of honour that Gods grace and mercy might be magnified in our saluation §. Sect. 9 Of the eternall execution of Gods Decree at the end of the world c. Of the eternall execution of Gods Decree wee may likewise meditate which shall be at the end of the world and is either generall respecting 2. Pet. 3. 11 12 13 14. the whole world as the destruction of it with flaming fire which consideration the Apostle Peter maketh a strong motiue vnto godlinesse that we may be found of God in peace without spot and blamelesse and the renouation and perpetuall conseruation of it or else the speciall execution of it in the inhabitants of the world which shall be at the generall Iudgement and the eternall retribution which followeth it And heere we may profitably
thee by bringing forth the fruits of new obedience but I shall be able to better my speed and to runne the way of thy Commandements when thou shalt Psal 119. 37. inlarge my heart O thou therefore who chiefly delightest in the sacrifice of an humble heart and contrite spirit create in me a soft and tender heart and renew in me a right spirit Frame me according to thine owne will that thou maist delight in me and dwell with me yea according to thine owne couenant for thou hast promised to giue me a new heart and a new Ezek. 11. 19. and 36. 26. spirit and that thou wilt take away from me my stony heart and giue vnto mee an heart of flesh Thou art glorified in me when I bring forth much fruits of Iob. 15. 8. new obedience O be not wanting vnto thine owne glory by suffering me to be defectiue in fruitfulnesse but after I haue brought forth some purge me againe and againe that I still bringing forth more fruits thou maist be more glorified §. Sect. 7 Inforcement Yea Lord my wants are not small and therefore my suit must not bee slight I must still wrastle with thee by my prayers and strong cryes and not let thee depart without a blessing I am weake to preuaile but I haue thy truth to support me who hast promised that I shall obtaine if I follow Luk. 18. 1. 8. my suit without fainting O then make good thy word vnto thy seruant Psalm 119. wherein thou hast made me to put my trust Giue me a melting heart which will relent and resolue easily into teares of repentance I am much defiled with the filthinesse of my sinnes and a little washing will not make me cleane Purge me thorowly therefore O my God and multiply my washings first and chiefly in the blood of Christ which will cleanse mee from the ingrained guilt of my crimson and scarlet sinnes and wash mee in the lauer of Regeneration and in the waters of vnfained repentance which will by vertue of the former washing helpe to purge mee from the filth of my corruptions Turne me O turne me vnto thee my God and Lam. 5. 21. Cant. 1. 3. so shall I be turned draw me and I will runne after thee Rectifie and fructifie my more then ordinary barrennesse with the extraordinary showres of thy grace and warme my heart with the beames of thy loue that whatsoeuer good seed of thy Word shall fall into it may take deepe root and bring forth plentifull fruits of holinesse and righteousnesse that as I haue heretofore more then many others dishonoured thee by my sinnes so also I may now glorifie thee in some good degree by bringing forth in more then an ordinary manner and measure plentifull fruits of new obedience §. Sect. 8 Confidence And now comfort thy selfe O my soule for thy God hath granted what thou hast so feruently craued Yea it is the end why hee would haue thee to aske because he hath a desire to giue and that by discouering thy beggery and pouerty he might take occasion to discouer the riches of his bounty He that hath inlarged thine heart with these feruent desires hath done it purposely to this end that hee may fill it and satisfie them Thou couldest not so much as aske this grace of repentance if the Spirit Rom. 8. 26. of God did not helpe thine infirmities and inable thee to pray with sighes and grones which cannot be vttered and how can thy God reiect that prayer which his Spirit inditeth and is made according to his owne will Yea be confident my soule for thou canst receiue no repulse in this suit seeing he himselfe hath commanded thee to aske it and promised to giue it He who is true of his promise and omnipotent in performance hath bound himselfe by his gracious Couenant that hee will take away thy stony heart and giue thee an heart of flesh that thou shalt looke vpon Zacb. 12. 10. him whom thou hast pierced and shalt mourne for him as a man mourneth for his onely sonne and be in bitternesse for him as one is in bitternesse for his first-borne That he will write also his Law in thine heart that louing and obeying Jer. 31. 33. and 32. 42. it thou maist neuer depart from him And his Word is yea and Amen his promises as good as present payment Yet my soule to helpe thy weakenesse he hath giuen vnto thee already some first beginnings of repentance Phil. 1. 6. Rom. 11. 29. as an earnest of the rest that yet is wanting Hee hath begun this worke of grace in thee and therefore his gifts being without repentance he will surely perfect it Wait vpon him then O my soule by faith yea wait vpon him not onely with patience but also with ioy and comfort for he that hath promised will come and will not tarry and will Habak 2. 3. worke in thine heart such sorrow for thy sinnes as he himselfe shall accept as sufficient and cause thee to bring forth such plentifull fruits of new obedience as shall glorifie him and seale vp in thine heart the assurance of thine owne election and saluation §. Sect. 9 Congratulation and thanksgiuing Thrice happy then my soule art thou now in thy God who wast in in thy selfe wretched and miserable for he hath not onely made with thee the Couenant of grace wherein hee hath assured thee of the pardon of thy sinnes and of his fauour in which consisteth thy life and blessednesse but also hath inabled thee to performe the condition of faith and repentance whereby thou art assured that thou hast thy part and interest in all his promises Reioyce therefore in the Lord and againe reioyce Praise and Phil. 4. 4. magnifie his great and glorious Name who hath been so good and gracious vnto thee Thou wast in wofull misery by reason of thy sinnes and the punishments due vnto them but hee hath deliuered and made thee happy and hath both offered vnto thee ioy and blessednesse and also the meanes whereby thou maist attaine vnto it Hee hath shewed vnto thee the way of life and hath giuen vnto thee both will and ability to walke in it What wilt thou now returne vnto him O my soule for all the Psal 116. 11. good that hee hath done vnto thee Yea what canst thou returne that is worth acceptance but that which thou hast receiued from this fountaine of all goodnesse yet though hee hath giuen all vnto thee something there is which he will be pleased to receiue from thee as though it were thy gift euen the sacrifice of praise and thanksgiuing Nothing else canst thou giue but this free-will offring nothing else doth he require who is so absolute in all perfection that hee needeth nothing A fit oblation my soule froÌ such a child to such a Father from so meane poore a subiect to so rich and high a Soueraigne Take then into thine hand the Cup
of saluation Psal 116. 12. 150. 2. and praise him who is so worthy to be praised Praise him in his noble acts praise him according to his excellent greatnesse Praise him in his power and truth praise him for all his grace and goodnesse Blesse and magnifie him for all his former benefits and his Christ through whom they are all conferred vpon thee And especially as by present occasion thou art bound for that he hath giuen vnto thee the grace of repentance and renewed and increased it by this present exercise graciously assisting and inabling thee by his holy Spirit to bring it to good issue Praise therefore the Lord O my soule Psal 103. 1. and all that is within me praise his holy Name And now with these praises offer and recommend thy selfe into the hands of thy gracious God and faithfull Sauiour who is all-sufficient to keepe thee vnto the end and in the end Thou art not worthy worthlesse soule his receiuing and owning but so much the rather offer thy selfe vnto him who is able to make thee worthy Deuote and consecrate thy selfe wholly vnto his seruice and resolue to glorifie and please him in all things for the time to come And because thy resolutions are weake thy power small and thy best indeuours full of imperfections make thy seruice as acceptable as thou canst by offering thine heart with it and doing all that thou canst doe willingly and cheerfully Desire the assistance of his good Spirit to direct and guide rule and ouer-rule thee in all thy thoughts and desires words and workes that they may in some measure answere vnto thy resolutions and bee pleasing and acceptable in his sight Especially desire his helpe that the practice of thy repentance may be suteable to thy Meditations in the whole course of thy life that more and more sorrowing for thy sinnes thou mayest haue daily more cause to reioyce in the assurance of his loue and thine owne saluation and that turning from them and returning to thy God thou mayest more and more glorifie him by bringing forth better and more fruits of new obedience And now returne vnto thy rest O my soule for the Lord hath dealt bountifully with thee Repose thy selfe securely vnder the shaddow of Psal 116. 7. his wings who is able to defend thee and to cause thee in the midst of garboyles and desperate dangers to dvvell in safety God is thy refuge and Psal 4. 8. strength a very present helpe in trouble He hath made thee to heare ioy and gladnesse that the bones which he had broken might reioyce Thou didst sow in teares Psal 46. 1. but he hath caused thee to reape in ioy Thou didst goe forth weeping bearing Psal 126. 5 6. precious seed but thou art come againe reioycing bringing thy sheaues with thee Blesse therefore the Lord all his workes in all places of his dominion Blesse the Psal 103. 22. Lord O my soule CAP. XXIII Of the third priuate meanes of a godly life which is consideration and examination of our estate §. Sect. 1 How consideration and examination differ THe third priuate meanes of a godly life is consideration and examination both which are in truth but branches of Meditation Yea the former if we take it in the largest extent differeth little or nothing from it seeing we may be said either to meditate or consider of any thing when we thorowly and deliberately ponder and waigh it in our mindes with all the circumstances belonging to it But heere we will take it in a more strict sense as it pondreth those things which neerely concerne our estate and so it is much like vnto examination although if we speake properly and distinctly there is some difference betweene them For consideration is yet as we heere handle it more generall extending to all things that concerne vs past present and to come but examination properly meddleth not with things to come but searcheth out those things which are past or present bringing them to be tryed by the rule according to which wee doe examine them whether they bee true or false good or euill Consideration waigheth and deliberateth before-hand what wee are about to doe and whether it be lawfull or vnlawfull expedient or vnnecessary profitable or to our losse and accordingly mooueth vs either to doe it or to leaue it vndone But in examination we consider of that which is done already whether it be well or euill done wisely and to our good or vnaduisedly and to our hurt If the former were thorowly performed the latter would not be much necessary vnlesse it were to reuiew our good actions as God did the workes of creation that we might approue them and reioyce in the conscience of our well-doing But because we often faile in it and doe things rashly and without due aduice therefore wee are necessarily to vse the latter and to examine what before wee considered not our after-wit being better then our fore-wit that so we may reforme what is amisse and returne into the right way out of which wee haue erred Yet because I would not make this already long Treatise ouer-tedious to the Reader but chiefly because many points and proofes are coincident belonging to them both I will not diuide them in my Discourse but handle them together and the rather because I haue already spoken of the generalities of consideration in which it chiefly differeth from this other of examination in the former tract of Meditation §. Sect. 2 Of examination what it is and wherein it consisteth This examination or consideration is nothing else but a serious waighing and pondring of those things which neerely concerne vs in our spirituall estate or the diligent searching and triall of our estates how they stand between God and vs in matters concerning his glory and our owne saluation The which examination is held after a solemne manner in the Court of Conscience and in Gods presence wee sitting as Iudges vpon our selues to giue sentence according to the Law of God and the euidence of our owne consciences either with or against our selues concerning those things which we haue done or left vndone good or euill In which triall by helpe of memory and conscience our Register and Witnesse we reuiew and take a suruey of all that wee haue done in the flesh of all our parts and faculties of soule and body examining how we haue imployed them to the glory of him that gaue them our vnderstandings in knowing and acknowledging him our memories in remembring him our hearts and affections in adhering and cleauing vnto him by louing fearing trusting in him and so in the rest Of all our thoughts also words and actions how wee haue by them glorified or dishonoured God Of all our course and carriage in our whole life and conuersation and how wee haue therein answered the end of our Creation and Redemption which was to glorifie him who hath made and saued vs. More especially wee may
sufficient for the other also and excellent wits and parts to comprehend and profit by them but also liue in such places which are infected with errours schismes and heresies where in respect of their company they shall need to be extraordinarily confirmed and strengthened that they may be able to defend the truth and to confute and conuince gain-sayers yea if it bee possible to perswade and gaine them that they may imbrace the same truth which they professe In which case I would commend vnto them the learned writings of B. Iewell against Harding of Doctor Fulke and especially his answere to the Rhemish Testament Doctor Reynolds conference with Hart Master Perkins his Reformed Catholique Doctor Abbots learned defence of it against Bishop Doctor Whites Way to the true Church and Doctor Willets Synopsis which comprizeth in it the summe of many others and learnedly disputeth and discusseth the most poynts in controuersie between vs and our aduersaries Otherwise I should perswade those whose maine aime is to informe themselues in the duties of godlinesse that they may practise them in their liues to be more sparing in the study of Controuersies seeing if they cleerly see the perfect rule of truth it will inable them to discerne the crooked errours which are contrary vnto it it being such a light as not onely sheweth it selfe but also all falshood which is opposite and oppugneth it CAP. XXIX Of our preparation vnto this exercise of reading and what is required in it §. Sect. 1 That we must come in reuerence to this holy exercise and bring faith vnto it ANd thus hauing generally shewed both who are to exercise themselues in reading and the subiect matter which they are to reade we are now to intreat of the duty it selfe and then to shew that it is an excellent helpe and meanes of a godly life In the duty we will consider the preparation vnto it and then the action or exercise of reading with some directions by which we may be inabled to performe it with fruit and benefit In our preparation our care must be to fit our selues that wee may performe this religious duty in a right manner and not to goe about it rashly and vnaduisedly neuer so much as once thinking to what end we vndertake it but onely reading to spend the time because we want some other imployment And first we must come vnto this duty with all reuerence and performe it as in Gods presence and as being one of his gracious ordinances whereby hereuealeth himselfe and his will more cleerly vnto vs for the edifying and building of vs vp in all grace and godlinesse Secondly we must bring faith with vs for as it is said of the Word heard so may it also of this namely that the Word which we reade will not profit vs vnlesse it Heb. 4. 2. be mixed with faith in those that reade it The which is to be vnderstood first generally of iustifying faith in Christ which is required in all our actions that they may be pleasing to God more specially in this seeing if Christ be not in vs by his Spirit and a liuely faith both to open the blind eyes of our mindes that we may see and vnderstand as hee did the eyes of Saul Act. 16. Luk. 24. Apoc. 5. 5. and our hard hearts shut vp in sinne as he did the heart of Lydia and of the two Disciples going to Emaus yea if this Lion of the Tribe of Iuda doe not open the sealed Booke we shall see and not perceiue reade and not vnderstand Besdies which we must bring a more speciall faith whereby we are made ready to beleeue and imbrace euery truth of God and to apply it for our owne vse as doctrines of truth for our instruction threatnings for our humiliation promises for our confirmation in faith consolations for our comfort and so in the rest But in respect of this faith there must be some difference in the act of it as it beleeueth the Scriptures and as it beleeueth the writings of men although most godly and learned For as these are not to be read with equall reuerence and esteeme vnto the other so neither in all respects with the like faith For we must beleeue the Scriptures with an absolute faith without any doubting or dispute of reason without other confirmatioÌ or appeale to further trial because they are the Word of God who being Truth it selfe can neither deceiue nor be deceiued But all other writings of men must be read with a reserued faith beleeuing them onely so farre forth as vpon due triall and examination we finde their sayings consonant and agreeable to Gods Word and grounded vpon his infallible truth as vpon a sure foundation For wee all being but imperfectly inlightened doe know onely in part and therefore being subiect to errours others also that should build their faith vpon our Luk. 8. 15. authority should erre with vs. §. Sect. 2 That we must bring honest hearts and earnest desires to profit by this exercise Thirdly we must bring with vs good and honest hearts that so the seed of the Word being sowne in them as in good grounds it may take deepe Psal 50. 16 17. root and bring forth in vs plentifull fruits Whereby I vnderstand not onely an heart purified by faith and purged from sinfull corruptions by true repentance without which we shuld not presume to take Gods word and Couenant into our mouthes but such an one as is replenished with sincere affections and holy desires as after all Gods graces so especially that we may profit by this present exercise without which wee may long reade and yet be neuer the better or holier like those who eating their meate without an appetite are after much feeding neuer the fatter Vnto such the saying of Salomon may be fitly applyed Wherefore is there a Prou. 17. 16. price in the hand of a foole to get wisedome seeing he hath no heart to it For though they abound in leisure and haue the sight and perusing of many excellent bookes yet they purchase by them no spirituall grace because they haue no such desire or end when they set themselues to reading but because they are weary of idlenesse or for curiosity that they may see what euery one is able to say or to get speculatiue knowledge that they may be fitted to entertaine discourse But if we would haue any good by our reading we must come to it with a mind and desire to profit by it to haue the graces of Gods Spirit increased in vs to haue our minds more inlightened with the sauing knowledge of God and his will to haue our faith affiance hope loue zeale and all other Gods gifts and graces confirmed nourished and inlarged in our hearts that wee may expresse them in our liues by increasing daily in bringing forth the fruits of holinesse and righteousnesse For if these desires be wanting though we should do nothing else but reade the
things which we desire to practise in our liues §. Sect. 2 That by reading the mind is much inlightened in the knowledge of Gods will More especially this exercise of reading doth singularly further vs in a godly life as it doth inlighten our vnderstandings in the knowledge of Gods will vnto which we are to yeeld obedience and sheweth vnto vs the way in which we must walke To which purpose no exercise whatsoeuer is so vsefull and effectuall For howsoeuer the preaching and hearing of the Word haue a superiour priuiledge in the worke of our Regeneration and conuersion and for the working of sauing graces in vs as faith repentance and the rest yet for the inlightening of the mind with the full knowledge of the truth after wee are conuerted and illuminated in some measure this exercise of reading hath many speciall priuiledges For first wee may vse it as oft as wee will and haue any desire to gaine knowledge but the other can be had but at certaine times nor then neither in euery place Secondly by reading we may in short time if we be studious and diligent be thorowly instructed in the whole body of Diuinity and in all the seuerall parts thereof which by preaching we cannot come to know but in long time though our Pastour take the best and most direct course of ioyning Catechizing with Preaching nor in our whole liues in any great perfection if this be neglected seeing in a Sermon some few of innumerable poynts are vsually deliuered and they rather pressed vpon the affection for vse and practice then sufficiently cleared to the vnderstanding Thirdly because by reading we may helpe our vnderstanding by reuiewing ouer and ouer againe that which at first we conceiued not and by the same meanes also may recall to our remembrance the things which after once or twice reading wee haue forgotten the which helpes hearing affoordeth not especially when wee most stand in need of them Finally because we may at our owne pleasure fit our reading for our owne occasions and furnishing vs in the knowledge of those poynts wherein we are most defectiue for the resoluing of our particular questions and doubts and for the informing our iudgements in all poynts whereof for the present and vpon euery occasion wee haue speciall vse whereas the Preacher speaking generally for the good of the whole Congregation and not being acquainted with our defects in knowledge seldome or neuer speaketh of all those poynts wherein we need instruction and often of such as we know already In all which respects it is hard to finde a Christian thorowly grounded in all poynts contained in the body of Diuinity though hee be neuer so diligent in hearing the Word preached and may haue some competency of knowledge necessary to saluation and some good measure of faith and other sauing graces if he vtterly neglect this duty of reading §. Sect. 3 That reading bringeth with it many other benefits Againe as reading singularly inlighteneth the mind so also it affoordeth many other helpes of a godly life for it is a speciall meanes to relieue the memory and to mooue the will inclining it powerfully vnto good and withdrawing it from euill though not in that degree of efficacy as the Word preached It worketh vpon the hart for the mollifying softening it and vpon all the affections for the purging and sanctifying of them inflaming our loue towards God and all good things and our hatred against all that is euill it kindleth our zeale when it groweth luke-warme and stirreth vp our deuotion when it is cold and sluggish It much increaseth all Gods graces in vs as faith affiance repentance patience peace of conscience and the rest by imparting vnto them that spirituall food whereby they are nourished It amendeth our liues and maketh vs as the Apostle speaketh perfect vnto euery good worke It specially inableth 2. Tim. 3. 13 17. vs to the fruitfull hearing of the Word of God when as we can with the Bereans search the Scriptures whether the things we heare be so or no and try Act. 17. 11. the spirits of those wee heare whether they be of God or no by examining their doctrines according to the touch-stone of this Truth besides that it maketh vs well acquainted with the Scriptures both for matter and history so that when they are cited they are familiar vnto vs. Whereas without this benefit of reading we cannot tell whether the testimonies quoted be in the Canonicall Scriptures or no or if we take this vpon our Teachers word yet we cannot tell where they are nor easily turne to them vpon the sudden It teacheth vs to manage the Sword of the Spirit whereby we are enabled to defend our selues and repell the tentations of our spirituall enemies as we see in the Eph. 6. 17. Math. 4. 3. 4 c. example of our Sauiour Christ Finally if we vse this exercise carefully and conscionably to profit by it we shall be assured of euerlasting blessednesse For blessed is he that readeth and they that heare the Words Apoc. 1. 3. of Gods Booke and keepe the things which are written therein Blessed is Psal 1. 1 2. the man who delighteth in the Law of the Lord and meditateth therein day and night All which being duly considered should be effectuall motiues to make those diligent in reading who are able to performe it and greatly to humble those who are not in the sight and sense of this great defect and either to labour that yet they may attaine vnto this skill if they be capable and haue meanes or else to supply their wants by resorting often vnto others that they may reade vnto them the euidences of their saluation and heauenly inheritance which themselues for want of skill are not able to peruse CAP. XXXII The last ordinary meanes of a godly life is the choyce of our company shunning the society of the wicked and consorting our selues with the godly and Religious §. Sect. 1 That we must carefully auoid the society of wicked and prophane persons THe last ordinary meanes of a godly life is that we make good choyce of our company vnto which two things are required first that we shun and auoid the society of the prophane and wicked the other is that we consort our selues with the godly and religious By the former we are not to vnderstand that we must forbeare the society of all who are not as forward and zealous in their profession and practice as our selues or who bewray in their course and conuersation many infirmities and imperfections as though those were to be esteemed wicked and prophane who haue made but small progresse in their sanctification if any sparkes of grace and goodnesse appeare in them though as it were raked vp vnder the ashes of many and great corruptions for then we should breake the bruised reede and quench the Matth. 12. 20. smoking flaxe and by our censorious neglect vtterly discourage them in their
others like those of whom the Apostle Peter speaketh yet were wee like them our selues seruants of 2. Pet. 2. 19. corruption For of whom a man is ouercome of the same hee is brought in bondage Finally wee were slaues to our owne sinfull lusts vile affections and turbulent passions as wrath pride ambition couetousnesse and voluptuousnesse which were the most cruell Lords that euer tyrannized ouer any seeing they kept such a narrow watch ouer vs that they gaue vs not so much as a breathing time of liberty but forced vs to drudge night and day not only in the sight of others but when wee were retyred into the most secret corners because they held in miserable bondage our soules as well as our bodies our iudgements wills and affections so as wee liked and pleased our selues in our thraldome and had no desire to come out of it But our Sauiour hath freed vs from these enemies also by mortifying our sinnes and crucifying our corruptions by vertue of his death applyed vnto vs by his holy Spirit And lastly we had no right to any of the creatures hauing by sinne lost our dominion ouer them but our Sauiour and his holy Spirit by giuing vs the liberties and priuiledges of sonnes hath restored vs to our right so that they are all become good and pure vnto vs being sanctified by the Word and 1. Tim. 4. 4 5. Tit. 1. 15. prayer But this royall priuiledge of Christian liberty belongeth not to all but onely to the faithfull who desire to serue and please God in the duties of holinesse and righteousnesse Neither can wee euer attaine vnto any assurance that wee haue right and title vnto it till wee feele it effectuall in vs for our sanctification For all those who are by Christ freed from Gods wrath and reconciled vnto him haue heereby a desire wrought in them to serue and please him and will not willingly for any worldly hire prouoke his displeasure They that are freed from the curse of the Law by the Crosse of Christ will crucifie their owne lusts and not runne such a course as will againe make them accursed They that are deliuered out of the hands of their spirituall enemies doe worship and serue Luk. 1. 74. their Lord and Sauiour in holinesse and righteousnesse and being redeemed Tit. 2. 14. that they may be his peculiar people they become zealous of good workes They that are freed from sinne in respect of the guilt and punishment are also in some measure freed from the corruption of it so as it doeth not Rom. 6. 12. raigne and rule in their mortall bodies that they should obey it in the lusts thereof but being freed from sinne they become the seruants of righteousnesse The Vers 19. which should bee a forcible argument to mooue vs vnto the duties of a godly life seeing heereby wee may be assured of this royall priuiledge of Christian liberty according to that of our Sauiour If yee continue in my Ioh. 8. 31 32. Word then are ye my Disciples indeed and ye shall know the truth and the truth shall make you free Whereas if wee neglect them and still liue in sinne yeelding obedience vnto our owne carnall lusts wee lose the benefit and comfort of this priuiledge and haue iust cause to feare that as yet wee remaine in that miserable bondage of the deuill the world and our owne lusts CAP. XLV Of foure other mayne priuiledges wherewith God crowneth the godly both in this life and the life to come §. Sect. 1 The sixth mayne priuiledge is that God bestoweth vpon the godly the spirit of prayer and supplication THe sixth mayne priuiledge which God vouchsafeth to the godly is that he bestoweth vpon them the Spirit of prayer Zach. 12. 10. Rom. 8. 26 27. and supplication and both heareth and granteth all the suites which they make vnto him For hee powreth vpon the house of Dauid and the inhabitants of Ierusalem the Spirit of grace and supplication as he hath promised and whereas naturally we know not how to pray nor what to pray for as we ought the Spirit helpeth our infirmities and maketh intercession for vs with gronings which cannot be vttered And hee that searcheth the hearts knoweth what is the minde of the Spirit because he maketh intercession for the Saints according to the will of God Yea he not onely by his Spirit teacheth vs how to pray and what to aske but hath also bound himselfe by his gracious and free promises that hee will heare all our suites made in the name of his Sonne and indited by his Spirit according to that of our Sauiour Aske and you shall haue seeke and you shall Mat. 7 7. Iob. 16. 23. 1. Ioh. 5. 14 15. Psal 50. 15. finde knocke and it shall bee opened vnto you And againe Verily verily I say vnto you whatsoeuer ye shall aske the Father in my Name hee will giue it you Now what an high and holy priuiledge is this to haue alwayes free accesse vnto God in all our wants and necessities who is alone able to helpe vs and will also doe it because of his promise To haue a deare and able friend into whose bosome wee may with boldnesse and comfort powre out all our complaints who is ready to pitty and ease vs To haue a key alwayes in our keeping which through Christ will open vnto vs the treasury of Gods graces where wee may relieue our wants and store our selues with all things needfull for his glory and our owne spirituall good and euerlasting saluation Finally to conuerse with the supreme and glorious King of heauen and earth in a familiar manner and to talke with him as a man talketh with his friend For as the Lord speaketh to the Israelites What nation is so great who hath God so nigh vnto them as the Lord Deut. 4. 7. our God is in all things that we call vpon him for But this priuiledge is peculiar vnto them who serue the Lord by obseruing his will according to that of our Sauiour If ye abide in me and my words abide in you aske what Iob. 15. 7. you will and it shall be done vnto you and not vnto wicked men who turne Pro. 15. 8. away their eare from hearing the Law and neglect the duties of Gods seruice whose sacrifices and prayers are abominable as before I haue shewed 28. 9. and shall not bee heard or granted of God as hee telleth the rebellious Iewes When you spread foorth your hands I will hide mine eyes from you yea Psa 1. 15. Pro. 1. 28. Zach. 7. 11 12 13. when you make many prayers I will not heare And therefore let this also effectually mooue vs to serue the Lord in the duties of a godly life that wee may be partakers of this rich and royall priuiledge hauing not onely the Spirit of God as our Counseller to draw all our suites and Petitions in such manner and forme as
perfection yet they suppose that there is no necessity of seruing God so strictly and sincerely but that all is spoken for forme and fashion sake otherwise they who are so earnest in perswading vs would leade vs the way by their good example For the remouing of which impediment we are to know that howsoeuer Ministers excell others in the common gifts of the Spirit as knowledge learning and such like yet the sauing graces of God are free not tyed to any calling or profession more then others And therefore seeing in this regard the learned hath no priuiledge aboue the vnlearned the Doctor aboue the Artificer or the Pharisee before the Fisherman it is no great maruaile if the greatest Rabbins in the world bee as small proficients in Matth. 11. 25. 1. Cor. 1. 26. Matth. 23. 2 3. grace and in the practice of holy Christian duties as those which they scorne for their ignorance and simplicity But yet so long as they sit in Moses chayre wee must not onely heare them but doe as they say though not as they doe seeing their speeches are not grounded vpon the authority of their persons or actions but vpon the Word of God vnto which wee owe simple and absolute obedience whosoeuer bee the Messenger that bringeth it vnto vs. But of this I haue written more largely in the first part of my Warfare vnto which I referre the Reader who desireth in this point more full satisfaction §. Sect. 6 Of the publike impediments which respect the people The common impediments of a godly life which respect the people are also diuers As first when they content themselues with a forme of profession and Religion without any desire to finde in themselues the power efficacy and fruite thereof for the sanctifying of their hearts and reforming of their liues As when they professe Religion because the State establisheth it goe to the Church and heare the Word because the Law requireth it pray in the Congregation and goe to the Communion because it is the custome of the Countrey and other of their neighbours doe it as well as they But this is to rest in a shadow without a substance and in a forme of godlinesse but denying the power thereof Which if wee would auoid our care must 2. Tim. 3. 5. bee to serue God in obedience to his Commandements to worship him in Spirit and truth and to ioyne the inward seruice of the heart and soule with the ourward seruice of the body and finally that in all these duties wee propound vnto our selues right ends namely to profit by them in knowledge faith and the practice of all holy duties of a godly life that we may glorify God in the further assurance of our saluation The second impediment respecting The second impediment the people is the neglect and contempt of the Preaching of Gods Word as a thing vnnecessary for their saluation For howsoeuer they suppose that there is some vse of it for their conuersion vnto God the inlightening of their mindes with some knowledge of the truth and the working of faith in some first degrees yet they hold it a needelesse taske to bee continually tyed to these religious exercises and that it is sufficient to vse them sometimes at their best leysure Which impediment if wee would shun wee must remember that as the Word and the ministery thereof is the immortall seede which begetteth vs to God so it is the spirituall food of our Ephe. 4. 11 12 13. soules whereby they must bee continually nourished that the graces of the Spirit begun may bee increased and confirmed in vs vntill we come to a perfect age in Iesus Christ That it is the sword of the Spirit whereof we haue daily vse in our spiritual warfare which lasteth as long as our liues last for the repelling of our enemies the ouercomming of all their dangerous temptations That it is the only true light which guideth vs in all our waies whereof if through negligence wee depriue our selues we shall walke in darkenesse and sit in the shaddow of death That it is our counsellor in all our doubts and our comforter in all our troubles the meanes to strengthen and vphold vs when we stand and to recouer and rayse vs when we are falne the chiefe helpe we haue to keepe vs in the way of truth and to recall vs when we erre and goe astray our food in time of health and our physicke to cure and restore vs when we are sicke The third impediment to the The third impediment life of grace and godlinesse is when as the people are content to heare the Word but without any cheerefulnesse and delight with cloyed stomacks and lost appetites whereof it is that this delicious Manna is loathsome to their carnall and surfetted taste and yeeldeth no wholesome nourishment because it is eaten against the stomacke Which if we would remoue wee must labour often to quicken our appetite that wee may with Dauid finde and feele the sweetenesse of Gods Psal 19. 10. Word farre exceeding the hony and the hony-combe and earnestly hunger and thirst after it that we may profit by it and haue the graces of Gods Spirit nourished and increased in vs. To which end wee must often meditate vpon the excellency profit and necessity of it as being a Pearle aboue all price and the onely chiefe treasure which will make vs truely rich The fourth impediment is want of diligence reuerence The fourth impediment and attention in the hearing of the Word whereby most of this precious liquor spilleth beside and is vtterly lost and want of care to treasure it vp in our memories or to meditate vpon it afterwards that we may bring it home to our hearts and consciences and practise it in our liues Which if we would remoue we must consider that it is not the deede done which will make Gods ordinances truely profitable but the right manner of doing them that God will neuer blesse vnto vs the meanes of our saluation if wee only bring our lips and eares and outward man vnto them and do not performe these religious duties with our heart and spirit And finally that for our spirituall nourishment it is not sufficient that we haue plenty of food set before vs vnlesse we feede on it with good appetites retaine it in our memories as it were in the stomacke and well digest and apply it to our vse by serious meditation which duties if wee neglect either not feeding vpon the food of our soules or casting it vp againe as soone as it is eaten we can neuer attaine vnto any spiritual strength but must needs grow faint and languish in the life of godlinesse The last impediment which I The fifth impediment will here speake of in the people is too much curiosity both in their hearing and applying of the Word For such itching eares haue many that they loath the sincere milke of the Word and all
ordinary points handled in an ordinary manner and affect nothing but nouelties idle speculations and curious questions witty discourses and frothy conceites But that we may shun this foolish curiosity let vs know that as the Ministers are bound to deliuer the sincere truth in the euidence 1. Cor. 2. 4. of the Spirit and power so they no lesse to hunger after it euen the sincere milke of the Word that they may grow vp thereby That 1. Pet. 21. 1. Cor. 2. 2. as they are bound to teach so we aboue all things must desire to know Iesus Christ and him crucified That they who desire to vnderstand aboue that which is meete and affect onely nicities and nouelties doe feede Rom. 12. 3. vpon froth and winde which will puffe them vp but neuer nourish 1. Cor. 8. 1. them and finally that hungring after continuall variety and strange dishes is a signe of a sicke and weake stomacke full of grosse humours which needes to bee purged before it can bee nourished The like hinderance curiosity bringeth to our proceedings in godlinesse in respect of applying the Word when as men will not bring it home to their owne hearts but curiously prying into and examining the liues and manners of others doe put off all that is spoken from themselues and apply it vnto them whom they thinke it more neerely concerneth Which if we would auoid we must conceiue that God hath purposely sent what we heare as a message vnto vs that all that is spoken is for our own learning and vse as if there were none in the Church besides That the Word which we heare wil not profit vnlesse it be mixed with faith that there is no faith where there is no application to our own vse Finally that the meate only nourisheth vs which our selues feed vpon and disgest and not that which being carued vnto vs we doe not eate but put it away from vs or else lay it vpon another mans trencher CAP. III. Of such priuate impediments which the world vseth to hinder vs in a godly life and first those on the right hand §. Sect. 1 Of the tentations of prosperity which are most dangerous impediments of a godly life WHat are the publike impediments which the world casteth in our way to hinder vs from proceeding in the duties of a godly life we haue shewed in the former chapter now it remaineth that wee intreate of those which are more priuate And these are either the tentations wherewith the World vsually assaulteth vs or certaine scandals and offences which it layeth before vs to discourage vs in the waies of Godlinesse The World tempteth vs diuersly both on the right hand with earthly prosperity and on the left with crosses and afflictions The more dangerous of these two are the tentations of prosperity wherewith the world allureth vs as by her bewitching baites to make vs leaue the narrow afflicted path of righteousnesse and holinesse and to walke in the broad and easy way that leadeth to destruction These are those intoxicating cups whereby it maketh men so drunke that they haue neither list nor power to walke in the path of piety those false lights which so dazle mens eyes that they cannot discerne the excellencie of spirituall grace and heauenly glory those inamouring potions that make vs to loue the world to dote so on this painted Strumpet that we thinke all time lost which is not spent in her seruice those waters which quench in vs the loue of God the zeale of his glory and all feruency of desire in attayning to heauenly happinesse those thornes which choake in vs all good motions of Gods Spirit and finally those intangling snares which catch and hold vs that wee cannot goe on in any religious duties or holy actions Against these tentations which as strong impediments hinder so many from the profession and practice of godlinesse wee may best arme our selues by considering that the loue of the 1. Ioh. 2. 15. world and the loue of God will not stand together because as the Apostle Iames teacheth vs The amity of the world is enmity against God and hee Iam. 4. 4. who maketh himselfe a friend to the one doth make himselfe an enemy to the other That the prosperity of the world is vaine and vncertaine momentany and mutable hard to get and easily lost And that it doth not vsually further vs towards the attaining of our mayne and chiefe ends as neither adding any thing to Gods graces in vs heere nor to our glory and happinesse in the life to come Yea by reason of our corruption which is apt to abuse it to our owne harme it vsually becommeth a great hinderance and a notable pulbacke in running the Race of Christianity making vs forgetfull of God and our owne good proud and high-minded worldly and carnall doting so vpon the present fruition Pro. 1. 32. of earthly vanities as that we vtterly neglect all meanes of our future happinesse §. Sect. 2 Of such impediments as a life froÌ worldly things as honours riches and pleasures and from the society and familiarity of wicked men Now the speciall impediments of a godly life are diuers and manifold but the chiefe and principall which the world vseth to tempt vs on the right hand are honours riches pleasures worldly friends and acquaintance whose society and conuersation are notable hindrances to a godly life And these baites the world fitteth to euery mans seuerall humour and disposition vnto the ambitious it propoundeth honours and the glory of the world vnto the couetous riches and earthly treasures vnto the voluptuous pleasures and carnall delights causing them to bend their whole thoughts and to spend their whole time in compassing them so as they haue no leasure to thinke vpon much lesse to performe the duties of a godly life Which impediments if we would auoyd we must learne to contemne these earthly vanities as being vaine and worthlesse vncertaine both in respect of getting and keeping and vnprofitable yea hurtfull and pernicious to all those who set their hearts vpon them All which with many other to this purpose I haue largely handled in the second part of my Christian Warfare and therefore doe heere thus briefly passe them ouer Neither is it needfull that I should heere say much of the society friendship and familiarity with the wicked and prophane seeing I haue already spoken of it in the former Discourse Onely let vs heere take notice that it is one of the chiefe impediments which the world vseth to hinder vs in the wayes of godlinesse For no more apt is the contagious Sicut maluâââr assiduo statu tractus inflicit corpââ ita peruerââ lâââtio assidââè infirmantium infiâit animum vt tabescat delectatione praui operis assiduitate curiosi sermonis Greg. super Ezech. Pro. 29. 6. ayre which wee daily breathe to poyson and infect the body then the company of vngodly and vngracious men to taint
and infect the soule And no more possible is it to walke daily among snares and not be caught or to liue amongst the eues and not be robbed then to preserue our selues from being intangled in the nets and grinnes of the wicked and to bee spoiled of all Gods graces if wee take delight to consort our selues with such as are gracelesse and vngodly So Salomon telleth vs that in the transgression of an euill man there is a snare whereby he doth not onely more and more intangle himselfe but also all others that beare him company For society and familiarity ariseth out of likenesse of mindes and manners and cannot long continue if it doe not either finde or at least make this similitude and correspondence according to that of the Prophet Can two Amos 3. 3. walke together and not be agreed And as possible it is to reconcile light and darkenesse truth and falshood good and euill as the faithfull and infidels godly Christians and prophane worldlings both retaining their owne properties and dispositions For an vniust man is an abomination to the Pro. 29. 27. iust and he that is vpright in his way is an abomination to the wicked Neither let any so much presume vpon their owne strength as to imagine that they can retaine their sincerity though they keepe wicked company and rather conuert them to good then be peruerted by them vnto euill seeing this is a matter of great difficulty To bee good saith one among the Inter bonos bonum esse salutem habet inter malos vero etiam laudem c. Bern. in Epist good hath in it health and safety among the wicked to be so is also commendable and praise-worthy in that happinesse is ioyned with much security in this much vertue with difficulty For as hee who is running downe the hill can sooner pull with him one that is ascending then hee who is going vp can cause him to ascend that is running down so he who holdeth an headlong course in wickednes can more easily carry with him one that is ascending the hill of vertue being a motion coÌtrary to naturall disposition then he can cause him to ascend with him For in common experience we see that the worser state preuaileth more in altring the better to its condition then the better to make the worse like it selfe The infected are not so soone cured by the sound as they tainted with their contagion Rotten Apples lying with the sound are not restored to soundnesse but the sound are corrupted with their rottennesse Dead carkases vnited to liuing bodies are not thereby reuiued vnlesse it be by miracle as we see in Elizeus and Paul but the liuing if they continue any time vnited to the 1. King 4. 34. Act. 20. 10. dead partake with them in their mortality and corruption And thus it is also in our spirituall state wherein the worser more preuaileth to corrupt the better then the better to reforme the worse For they being wholly flesh are more earnest and diligent in the deuils seruice to draw others vnto his Kingdome then true Christians can be in the cause of God seeing they are but in part regenerate and the flesh opposeth the Spirit in all good actions which either respect themselues or their neighbours And therefore wicked men will leaue no meanes vnassayed but will imploy their whole strength and indeuour to draw others with them into the same excesse of worldlinesse and wickednesse For first they will infect them by their vnsauoury speeches and filthy communication which is a powerfull meanes to taint those that beare them company with their wickednesse according to that of the Apostle Euill words corrupt good manners Secondly 1. Cor. 15. 31. by their exhortations and perswasions as the Wiseman excellently Pro. 1. 10 11 12. 5. 3. 7. 13 14 21. sheweth in diuers places vnto which Syrens songs wee are apt to giue heed vnlesse wee submit our selues to be guided and directed with the voyce of Wisedome and be powerfully restrained with the contrary motions of Gods Spirit Thirdly wicked men doe much hinder them who keepe them company in the wayes of godlinesse and prouoke them to accompany them in their sinnes by their euill examples especially when they see them thriue and prosper in their wickednesse as we see in Dauid who though hee were a man according to Gods owne heart yet his foot had almost slipt when he saw the great prosperity of the vngodly being ready to conclude that he had clensed his heart in vaine and washed his hands in innocencie The which tentation is of greater force when wee haue the Psal 73. 2 13. euill example not of some few but of the multitude or of some great and eminent persons whose actions aboue others are most exemplary Finally wicked men draw on those who keepe them company to haue fellowship with them in their wickednesse by their faire promises alluring baites and liberall offers of rewards And thus those sinfull wretches of whom Salomon speaketh draw on their companions to ioyne with them in violence and oppression by offering vnto them part of the spoile and large rewards to incourage them in their wickednesse Wee shall finde Pro. 1. 11 13 14. say they all precious substance we shall fill our houses with spoile Cast in thy lot among vs let vs all haue one purse Which dangerous impediment if wee would auoyd let vs with all care and diligence make choyce of good company which will both by their words mutuall exhortations and good examples helpe vs forward and better our speed in the wayes of godlinesse like runners in a race who by striuing who shall out-runne one another doe all come to the goale in shorter time and with much more speed then if they should runne alone and haue no other to contend with them And contrariwise let vs with like care shunne familiar society with wicked men though in worldly respects it is profitable vnto vs assuring our selues that though for the present wee finde some benefit by such society yet in the end our spirituall losse will farre exceed our worldly gaine Or if wee bee so settered and hampered with such neere bonds of consanguinity alliance necessary intercourse of dealing or neere neighbourhood that wee cannot goe farre from them yet at least let it bee our griefe that wee are constrained to liue with them and come into their company more often then wee would according to the example of holy Dauid who cryed out in this case Woe is mee that I soiourne in Mesech that I dwell Psal 20. 6. in the tents of Kedar and of Lot whose righteous soule was much grieued 2. Pet. 2. 7. when liuing among the Sodomites hee was forced to see their filthy conuersation And to this end let vs remember first the many exhortations vsed in the Scriptures inciting vs with all care and circumspection to shunne and auoyd the society of the wicked Bee
in vaine lest in that great Day of accounts the blood of these men who haue perished by their euill example be required at their hands Let them remember that counterfet piety is double iniquity that the hypocrite shal be cut off his hope perish that the seeming holy Pharise is much more odious in Gods sight then Publicanes and open sinners seeing they more dishonor God disgrace his holy truth then any other Finally that God wil be honored in all those that draw neere vnto him either by rewarding their sincerity or punishing their hypocrisie and that aboue all others the hypocrite shall be assuredly plunged into that bottomelesse Gulph of hellish condemnation in which regard when our Sauiour speaketh of the vndoubted punishments of desperate sinners he vsually saith that they shall haue their portion with hypocrites in outer darkenesse where shall be weeping and gnashing Matth. 24. 51. of teeth Those also who are not yet called and regenerate are to be admonished as they tender the euerlasting saluation of their soules that they doe not suffer themselues to be hindred and discouraged by this scandall of the euill liues of hypocrites and weake Christians from the profession of Gods true Religion and the practice of holy duties And to this purpose that they ascribe these enormities or frailties to any thing rather then vnto the profession of the truth or the outward practice of it in any Christian duties of Gods seruice As namely to the malice of the deuill who with his tentations assaulteth professours with more hellish policy fury then other men because their sins fals doe most dishonor God and blemish the beauty and brightnesse of his shyning truth to the wily spite of worldlings who with all their indeuour intice or compell those that make any shew of Religion to accompany them in their wicked courses that they may countenance their actions by their examples or escape their admonitions and reprehensions when as they are now become alike faulty Or to their deepe and poysonous corruptions which notwithstanding their outward profession doe still lye secretly lurking in their hearts which cause them to breake out into those sinnes which their owne consciences inlightened with Gods truth doe vtterly condemne Neither can they with more shew impute their scandalous sins and foule falls to the iust and pure Religion professed by them then the crookednesse of the worke to the right and perfect squire or the foulenesse of their hands to the pure cristall fountaine which if it were rightly vsed would wash and make them cleane For what are all their faults but crooked aberrations from this straight way of truth What are they but such sinnes as are continually condemned and beaten downe in the preaching of the Gospell For how can they haue any incouragement to goe on in their wickednesse by their often hearing of Gods Word wherin his fearfull Iudgements are daily denounced against all those who liue in their sinnes And therefore accursed be that foule mouth if it bee not washed in the teares of vnfained repentance that dare belch out such a blasphemie against Gods holy truth as to say that if there were lesse preaching and hearing of the Word there would be more obedience towards superiours and more loue and charity towards equalls and inferiours And likewise thrice vnhappy they who will so stumble at this stone of offence cast into their wayes by the euill liues of hypocrites as that they refuse to take vpon them this holy profession or to bring forth better fruits then they in their Christian practice As if all should refuse physicke because some dye that take it or wholsome food because some who haue their stomackes full of corrupt humours are not nourished thereby but becomming more sicke doe presently cast it vp againe without profit Finally let no weake Christians bee discouraged by the euill liues of hypocrites from making open and bold profession of Gods truth and bringing forth the outward fruits of it in the practice of all Christian duties because they would not be thought like vnto them For what were this but to deny Christ before men because we would shun their reproches and to be in truth impious in the neglect of Christian duties because we would shunne the suspicion of hypocrisie What were this but to esteeme more of the vaine and false censures of prophane worldlings then of the approbation which our good actions and holy duties shall haue from God and a good conscience What were this but to refuse to be Gods true treasure and pure gold because there are in the world many counterfeit slips to grow in his field and to lye in his barne like good wheat because there are tares in the one and chaffe in the other What were this but to giue ouer our lawfull callings and honest labours in them because there be some of the same trade that discred it themselues and their calling by their fraudulent and deceitfull dealings But if this preuaile with vs let vs also be ashamed to eate wholsome food because some haue surfeted on it or to drinke such drinkes as others haue abused to drunkennesse Yea rather because others haue disgraced the pure and true Religion which we professe by their wicked liues let vs who are sincerely minded make open profession of it that we may adorne it by our holy conuersation for the more it is blotted and blemished with their fruits of iniustice the more it needeth the hands of innocents to wash and restore it to its natiue purity And thus much of that scandall which ariseth from the euill liues of hypocrites of that which is caused by the bad example of euill Ministers I haue before spoken and therefore refer the Reader to that which hath been said CAP. IX Of the impediments of a godly life arising from the flesh and first such as arise from the intellectuall faculties §. Sect. 1 That the most dangerous impediments arise from our owne corrupt flesh IF there were no other or greater impediments to hinder vs in the wayes of godlinesse then those which are already handled yet were there no cause why we should flatter our selues with a vaine conceit that we may goe forward in this course with much ease as being a thing so slight and ordinary that the atchieuing of it needeth little care and small indeuour But how much more will this fond opinion vanish and the necessity of vniting all our forces cleerly appeare for the attaining vnto any perfection in spirituall graces and the outward practice of them in the duties of a godly life if we further consider that there are many more and far more dangerous impediments which arise from our sinfull flesh and the inbred corruption of our polluted nature the which is so auerse and contrary vnto the sincere and spirituall seruice of God that nothing in the world seemeth more irksome and tedious vnto it In which regard wee can no sooner set our selues seriously
consider first that this is a shamefull and horrible abuse of Gods mercy and goodnesse which hee will neuer let goe vnpunished to take occasion thereby the more to offend and diplease him by wilfull continuing in sinne and neglecting the duties of his seruice To prouoke God to wrath because he is patient and long-suffering and to sinne against him because hee is good and gracious and ready to forgiue And finally to neglect all duties of his seruice because he is such a bountifull Master that he giueth of his free grace and mercy rich wages and rewards without all merit and desert For these should rather be arguments to inflame our loue towards him and to make vs so much the more zealous of his glory and fearefull to offend so gracious a God according to that of the Psalmist There is mercy or forgiuenesse with thee that thou mayest bee feared Or if through Psal 130. 4. frailty and infirmity we haue contrary to our purpose and resolution been ouertaken of any sinne this patience and loue of God should be a strong motiue to make vs to rise out of it by vnfained repentance according to that of the Apostle Despisest thou the riches of his goodnesse and forbearance and long-suffering not knowing that the goodnesse of God leadeth thee to repentance Secondly let vs consider that as the Lord is infinite in mercy and compassion so hee is no lesse infinite in iustice and truth that as he is mercifull Exod. 34. 6 7. and gracious long-suffering and abundant in goodnesse and truth keeping mercy for thousands forgiuing iniquity to ansgression and sinne so also hee is iust in all his wayes and holy in all his workes and will by no meanes cleare the Psal 145. 17. guilty visiting the iniquity of the fathers vpon the children vnto the third and fourth generation that as he is a mercifull Sauiour so also a iust God and Esa 45. 21. Psal 11. 7. a righteous Lord who loueth righteousnesse and will not let sinne goe vnpunished but will iudge euery man according to his works and that he is a terrible 2. Cor. 5. 10. Iudge especially to those who abuse his mercy and long-suffering And therefore let vs not disioyne these things which cannot be seuered nor imagine such a mercy in God as will not stand with his Iustice which were to mayme the Diuine nature and to pull as it were one of his hands from him which outragious violence offered vnto his holy Maiesty hee will neuer suffer to goe vnpunished Let vs with Dauid so acknowledge that hee is good as that wee doe not deny that Psal 25. 8. Psal â01 1. hee is also vpright and in our songs so sing of his mercy as that wee doe not disioyne his Iudgement from it Let vs remember that in God and in all his workes mercy and truth doe meete together righteousnesse Psal 8â 10. and peace doe kisse each other Let vs not say His mercy is great he will Ecclus 5. 6 7. be pacified for the multitude of my sinnes for mercy and wrath come from him and his indignation resteth vpon sinners Neither let vs presuming on Gods mercy and patience make any tarrying to turne vnto the Lord nor put it off from day to day for suddenly shall the wrath of the Lord come foorth and in thy security thou shalt be destroyed and perish in the day of vengeance Thus the Apostle telleth vs that if we despise the riches of Gods goodnesse and forbearance Rom. 2. 4 5 6 which should leade vs to repentance we shall after our hardnesse and impenitent heart treasure vp vnto our selues wrath against the day of wrath and reuelation of the righteous iudgement of God who will render vnto euery man according to his deeds And the Lord threatneth that if any man hearing the words of his curse against sinners doe blesse himselfe in his heart saying I shall haue peace though I walke in the imagination of my heart to adde drunkennesse to thirst that he will not spare him but that his anger and iealousie shall smoake against that man and all the curses that are written in the booke of the Law shall Deut. 29. 19 20. lie vpon him and the Lord shall blot out his name from vnder heauen Let vs remember what the Apostle teacheth vs namely that no outragious sinners continuing in their wickednesse without repentance shall inherit the Kingdome of Christ and of God and therefore exhorteth that wee suffer no Eph. 5. 5 6. man to deceiue vs with vaine words seeing because of these things commeth the wrath of God vpon the children of disobedience Finally let vs consider that though Gods mercies be in themselues infinite and aboue all his workes and all his gracious promises which are in Christ yea and Amen yet they are limited by his infallible truth and appropriated vnto repentant sinners and therefore cannot extend to the presumptuous who take occasion from his mercies to continue impenitently in their sinnes but he will glorifie his iustice in punishing them as hee glorifieth his mercy in pardoning the sinnes of all those who turne vnto him by vnfained repentance And therefore let vs acknowledge with the Psalmist that the Lord is good Psal 73. â and gracious yet not to all but onely to Israel euen to such as are of a cleane heart and that as the eyes of the Lord are vpon the righteous and his eares open to heare their cry so the face of the Lord is against them that do euill to cut off the Psal 34. 15 16. remembrance of them from of the earth Let vs not presume vpon Gods mercy whilst we continue impenitently in our sins but let vs stand in awe of Gods Iustice and Iudgements and sin not and offer first the sacrifice of righteousnesse Psal 4. 4 5. and then put our trust in the Lord. Those likewise who presuming vpon the all-sufficiencie of Christs death merits and satisfaction doe take occasion thereby to continue in their sinnes without repentance and to neglect the duties of a godly life may easily remooue this dangerous impediment out of their way if they will but seriously consider that this is a most fearefull abuse of his inestimable loue who hath done so much for vs when as we vse his helpe to vphold vs in our sinnes and his death and merits as a pillow whereon we may sleepe more securely in our wickednesse Whereas he came not to ratifie and confirme but to dissolue and abolish 1. Ioh. 3. 8. the workes of the deuill And gaue himselfe for vs not onely to free vs from all sinne in respect of the guilt and punishment but also to purge Tit. 2. 14. vs from all iniquity and that being his peculiar people we should bee zealous of good workes He hath redeemed vs out of the hands of all our spirituall enemies Luk. 1. 74 75. that wee may serue him in holinesse and righteousnesse
before him all the dayes of our liues He hath bought vs with a price that we should glorifie God in our bodies and in our spirits because they are his He hath giuen himselfe for 1. Cor. 6. 20. vs not onely that hee might iustifie vs in the remission of our sinnes but also sanctifie and clense vs with the washing of the water by the Word that he Eph. 5. 25 26. might present vs vnto himselfe as a glorious Spouse and Church not hauing spot or wrinkle or any such thing but that we should be holy and without blame Finally he hath redeemed vs not onely from the guilt of sinne but also from our vaine conuersation by shedding his most precious Blood as the 1. Pet. 1. 18. Apostle Peter speaketh And therefore if wee doe not finde and feele the vertue of Christs death and merits as effectuall for our sanctification as for our iustification and to free vs from the corruption of sinne as well as from the guilt and punishment wee haue little cause to presume of their efficacy for our saluation seeing these are alwayes inseparably linked and conioyned Lastly let vs consider that as our Sauiour Christ came Mat. 9. 13. to saue sinners so withall to call them to repentance And that the Redeemer Esa 59. 20. came only to Sion and to them who turne from transgression in Iacob and therefore let vs not foolishly presume that we shall be his redeemed if wee continue in our sinnes without repentance Let vs not post off God to another time when he offereth vnto vs mercy and forgiuenesse But let Esa 55. 6 7. vs seeke the Lord while hee may bee found and call vpon him while hee is neere Let the wicked forsake his wayes and the vnrighteous man his thoughts and let him returne vnto the Lord and then hee will haue mercy vpon him and abundantly pardon as hee hath promised Let vs not presume on Gods mercy whilest we continue in our sinnes yea rather after that wee haue vnfainedly repented of our sinnes let vs feare alwayes considering our Pro. 28. 14. owne frailty and infirmity which maketh vs apt to relapse into them and so to prouoke Gods wrath against vs. Let vs worke out our saluation with feare and trembling and whilest we presume of standing take heed of falling Phil. 2. 13. 1. Cor. 10. 12. And if we call God Father who without respect of persons iudgeth according to euery mans workes let vs passe the time of our soiourning heere in feare as the 1. Pet. 1. 17. Apostle Peter exhorteth vs. §. Sect. 4 Of presumption in neglecting the meanes of holinesse And thus wee see how carnall presumption generally hindereth vs from entring into or proceeding in a godly life and how we may remoue this impediment More especially we are hindred thereby when as wee presume that we may performe all duties required vnto it notwithstanding that wee neglect all meanes of sanctification and holinesse which God hath ordained for the working his graces in vs as hearing the Word receiuing the Sacrament Prayer and the rest by the extraordinary operation of his holy Spirit in vs. For the remoouing of which impediment wee are to know that howsoeuer God sometimes to shew the infinitenesse of his mercy goodnesse and power which are free and not tyed vnto any meanes doeth when wee least thinke of it and when wee haue not so much as a desire and indeuour to serue and please him regenerate and conuert vs according to that of the Apostle I was found of them that sought me not I was made manifest vnto them Rom. 10. 20. that asked not after me As we see in the example of those who comming to heare the Word onely for forme and fashion sake without any desire Act. 2. 13 37. to profit by it are notwithstanding effectually called and truely conuerted by the mighty operation of Gods Spirit working with his owne holy ordinance And though also when greater meanes are wanting as in the time of persecution the Lord giueth an extraordinary blessing to such as are meane and small causing his seruants like Moses and Elias to goe on constantly for many dayes in the waies of godlinesse in the strength of one meale to the end it may appeare that the worke of conuersion and sanctification is not effected by any vertue inherent in the meanes but that it is a gift of his grace and conuayed vnto vs by the powerfull working of his holy Spirit yet this is not Gods common course and ordinary manner of working his graces in vs but ordinarily hee will haue vs to vse the meanes and sanctify them as his owne holy ordinances that they may bee effectuall to the ends for which we vse them which if wee neglect we doe in a presumptuous maner tempt the Lord and can haue hereby no more hope that God will worke his graces in vs or enable vs vnto the duties of a godly life then if we rest vpon his immediate prouidence and in the meane time neglect our meate which hee hath ordayned to nourish vs or our clothes which hee hath appointed vs to vse for the keeping of vs warme CAP. XII Of the third sort of carnall affections which are impediments to a godly life as superstitious scrupulosity deiection of minde feare and desperation §. Sect. 1 That scrupulosity is a great impediment to a godly life THe third sort of carnall affections which are impediments to a godly life are such as are in the quite contrary extreme to the former as anxious and superstitious scrupulosity heauinesse and too much deiection of minde feare and desperation Superstitious scrupulosity is when through naturall blindnesse and want of sound knowledge we doubt of all our actions whether they be lawfull or vnlawfull and call euery thing into question being ready to yeeld vnto euery tentation which abridgeth vs of our Christian liberty when some fearefull iudgement is suggested and threatned by the deuil and our owne corruption if we forbeare not the vse of things lawfull or doe not such things as are vnlawfull The which we mistaking for our owne thoughts and concluding that wee haue giuen our full consent vnto them though in truth they are the meere suggestions and tentations of our spirituall enemies doe yeeld our selues ouer vnto them as though wee were bound vpon some fearefull penalty to obey them though they haue no ground or warrant out of Gods Word yea in truth are expresly contrary vnto it The which is a notable impediment to a godly life First because it maketh vs to spend our thoughts and time about toyes and trifles as the vsing or not vsing such creatures the doing or not doing of such actions as are in their owne nature indifferent and of small importance whilst in the meane while wee neglect the maine duties of Gods seruice and of a godly life Secondly because these scrupulous and superstitious feares apprehending vpon euery vaine
away both these causes and effects of it And first wee must rowze vp our spirits and stirre vp Gods graces in 2. Tim. 1. 6. vs as the Apostle exhorteth that wee may not bee weary of well-doing by 2. Thes 3. 13. considering the waight and worth the profit and necessity of Christian and religious duties in comparison whereof all worldly things ought to be neglected as vaine and of no value Let vs remember that all the promises of grace life and saluation shall be assured vnto vs if we faint not whereas we shall haue no part or interest in them though we haue made neuer so good beginnings or proceedings if we doe not still goe forward and hold out vnto the end For if we indure Matth. 24. 13. to the end we shall be saued if we fight vnto the death we shall receiue the Crowne Apoc. 2. 10. of Life But if wee lay our hand vpon the Plough and looke backe we shall Luk. 9. 62. not be though worthy of the Kingdome of heauen Finally let vs dayly renue the meanes of Spirituall life and strength that so they also may be renued and repayred as hearing reading meditation prayer watchfulnesse holy conferences and the rest without which the soule will grow faint and languish like the body which is depriued of corporall food but especially when we feele our faintnesse and languishing wearinesse let vs vnite all the powers of our soules in prayer vnto Almighty God desiring him by the inward operation of his holy Spirit to quicken our deadnesse and strengthen our weakenesse that we may not waxe wearie of well doing but continue constant vnto the end Now concerning the effects of this slothfull wearinesse which are also great impediments to a godly life as hindring vs from entring into it or proceeding in it inconstancie and vnsettlednesse in performing Christian duties and want of feruencie in our loue and zeale in doing of them I shall not neede to adde any thing here for the remoouing of them seeing I haue spoken before of perseuerance and constancie in the dayly performance of all Christian duties and of that feruour of loue and zeale which ought to be vsed in doing of them And therefore thus much shall suffice to haue spoken of those impediments which arise from the flesh and corruption of our nature and also of the helpes and meanes whereby wee may remoue them CAP. XIII Obiections against a godly life made by the flesh answered and first such as pretend impossibility and difficulty §. Sect. 1 That a godly life is possible vnto vs. BVt the flesh doth not onely hinder vs in the duties of a godly life by those reall impediments which it casteth in our way of which I haue before spoken but also by suggesting into our mindes many strong obiections which tend to this maine end that wee may be discouraged from entring into the course of Christianity And first the flesh is ready to obiect that in this state of frailty and corruption it is vtterly impossible to lead a godly life in that manner as it hath beene before described For who can bring that which is cleane out of that which Iob 14. 4. is vncleane Who can leade such a life as is pleasing and acceptable vnto God whose pure eyes can indure nothing which is impure and imperfect seeing the Prophet telleth vs that our best righteousnesse is as Esay 64. 6. a polluted cloth and the Apostle who so farre exceeded vs that now liue in piety and righteousnesse notwithstanding complayneth that he could not doe the good he would but contrariwise did the euill he would Rom. 7. 15. not And therefore it is in vaine to wearie our selues about impossibilities and so to lose both the pleasures of this life and that which is to come And thus the flesh perswadeth vs to play the bankerupts and to resolue that because we cannot pay all our whole debt that therefore wee will pay nothing at all To which I answere with our Sauiour Christ that those things which are impossible to vs are both possible and easie vnto God who hath promised to assist vs if we desire and indeuour to serue and please him Secondly I answere that though nothing will please God but that which is pure and perfect all our best actions are full of corruption imperfection yet this need not to discourage vs from doing the best we can seeing Christ who hath perfitly fulfilled the Law for vs couereth our imperfections with his most perfect righteousnes washeth away our corruptions in his most precious blood so that we may doe the best we can then what is wanting on our part shal be supplied on his For what the Law could not doe in Rom. 8. 3. that it was weake through the flesh God sending his owne Son in the likenes of sinfull flesh and for sin condemned sinne in the flesh that the righteousnes of the Law might be fulfilled in vs who walke not after the flesh but after the Spirit as the Apostle speaketh Thirdly though that perfect obedience which the Law requireth be impossible vnto vs in respect of our frailty corruption yet that Euangelical obedience required in the couenant of grace namely that beleeuing in Christ we desire resolue indeuor to please God in al things is not so Though we haue no ability to performe seruice vnto God in that exact perfection which the Law requireth yet if we doe that which we are able in sincerity truth with vpright hearts good coÌsciences we shal through Christ be accepted of God For he reiecteth not the least indeuours of his faithfull seruants who desire Nehem. 1. 11. to feare his name He will not breake the bruised reed nor quench the smoking Matth. 12. 20. flax till he bring forth iudgement vnto victory He spareth vs as a father spareth Mal. 3. 17. his sonne that serueth him and if we haue a willing mind we shal be accepted according 2. Cor. 8. 12. to that we haue and not according to that we haue not He pittieth our frailties and infirmities like as a father pittieth his children that feare him Psal 103. 13 14. out of this pitty pardoneth them For he knoweth our frame remembreth that we are but dust And though he hath most pure eyes which can indure no pollution yet he beholdeth not iniquity in Iacob neither doth he see Num. 23. 21. peruersnes in Israel Nor is he any accepter of persons but in euery nation he that Act. 10. 35. feareth him worketh righteousnes not according to the rigor of the law from which Christ hath freed vs but in the truth and vprightnes of his heart is accepted of him And thus was Dauid accepted as a man according to Gods own heart because he applied himselfe to obserue his precepts alwaies Psal 119. 112. to the end notwithstanding his grieuous sins and fearefull fals
what God imposeth and diligent doing that which hee inioyneth And surely if we had hereby no other benefit but the escaping of the euerlasting torments of hell fire which are easelesse and endlesse it were me thinks a motiue strong enough to make vs arme our resolution against all difficulties and to spare for no labour that we may secure our selues from this dreadfull condemnation He that is in danger of drowning doth not dispute of the great paines which he must take before hee can come to land but thinking that his strength can bee no wayes better spent then in sauing his life he vseth all diligence and laboureth euen to extreme wearinesse to secure his safety yea euen then when hee is doubtfull of the successe And shall we thinke all labour little to preserue a momentany and miserable life from a naturall death and can wee thinke any too much for the escaping of those euerlasting torments of hell fire O that our fore-wit were as good as our after-wit and that we could be as wise by instruction and discourse of reason as wee are by feeling and experience O that we could consider with our selues when we stumble at small difficulties and are discouraged from performing the duties of a godly life with a little labour how much lesse we shall be able to indure those intolerable and endlesse torments which are prepared for those who neglect Gods seruice and are slaues to Satan and their owne sinfull flesh to obey it in the lusts thereof If the easie paines of a godly life bee not to be indured of these nice and worldly wantons which are also of such short continuance how intolerable will those torments bee vnto them which shall neuer haue end If the damned spirits might haue liberty to resume their bodies and liue vpon the earth againe for a further triall that amending their liues they might bee saued or returning vnto their former sinfull courses they might be cast backe againe into hell fire O how would they melt and be euen resolued into teares of hearty repentance for those sinnes which haue made them obnoxious to such fearfull condemnation How would they labour and spend their strength in the exercises of mortification and make their throats hoarce with prayers and strong cryes that they might obtaine mercy and forgiuenesse How diligent would they be in hearing reading and meditating in the Word that they might attaine vnto a liuely faith and thereby apply vnto themselues Christ Iesus and his righteousnesse for their iustification and saluation How fruitfull would they be in good workes and how liberall and bountifull in almes-deeds and in relieuing the poore members of Iesus Christ And yet most certaine it is that their case shall be ours if wee run on in the same courses which they haue gone before vs seeing God is no respecter of persons but is alike iust and true to all Our punishments shall be as great if we neglect Gods seruice and liue in our sinnes our too late repentance as desperate and comfortlesse if wee abuse Gods patience and long-suffering and let passe the acceptable time and day of saluation §. Sect. 5 That the recompence of reward must make vs to ouercome all difficulties And yet there is a farre stronger motiue to make vs ouercome all difficulties and to vse all paineful diligence in the duties of a godly life namely the riches of reward promised to all those who spend their time and strength in Gods seruice euen the euerlasting ioyes of his Kingdome vnto which both all the sufferings and doings of this life are not to worthy Rom. 8. 18. to be compared In which regard Gods precepts are more to bee desired Psal 19. 10 11. then gold yea then much fine gold and to be esteemed sweeter then the honey and the honey combe because by them we are warned and in keeping of them there is great reward For who would not serue such a Master as is so bountifull in requiting his paines Who would not vndertake any labour seeing the greatest is light and the longest momentany to bee assured of that super-exceeding and eternall waight of glory Who would not patiently indure a sorrowfull seed-time for so ioyfull an haruest or refuse to worke in Gods Vineyard with all painfull diligence and comfortable cheerfulnesse who is assured of such liberall wages when hee hath ended his worke And therefore though there were neuer so much difficulty in the duties of a godly life and neuer so much paines required vnto the seruice of God this should not discourage vs from entring into the course of Christianity seeing our wages and reward will infinitely exceed our worke and labour Especially considering that these holy and religious duties are only vnpleasant and tedious to the flesh and corrupted nature vnto which as the Apostle speaketh wee are no debters that wee should liue according to the lusts thereof and so by pleasing of it to displease God and purchase vnto our selues eternall death and hellish condemnation §. Sect. 6 That a godly life in it owne nature is not difficult and tedious but sweet and delightfull Neither in truth are the duties of a godly life vnpleasant and burthensome tedious and troublesome vnto the spirituall and regenerate part 1. Joh. 5. 3. Mat. 11. 29 30. Chrysost in Mat. 11. Homil. 39. but sweet and delightfull easie and full of comfort For Gods Commandements are not grieuous as the Apostle Iohn speaketh and our Sauiour telleth vs that his yoke is easie and his burthen light and that they who will take them vpon them shall finde rest to their soules Vpon which words Chrysostome speaketh excellently to our present purpose If saith hee hearing of a yoke and a burthen thou art afraid and shrinkest backe thou must attribute this feare not to the nature of the things themselues but to thine owne sloth for if thou art prepared and not sluggishly effeminate all shall seeme vnto thee easie and light And therfore Christ that he might teach vs with what care we ought to watch hath neither concealed the burthen nor the sweetnesse but ioyning both together he hath said that it is a yoke and also that it is sweet Hee calleth it a burthen but addeth that it is light that thou shouldest not shunne it as being too laborious nor contemne it as being too easie But if after all this vertue seemeth vnto thee hard and difficult consider how much more vice and sinne which Christ intimateth in that before hee said any thing of his yoke he cryeth out Come vnto me all yee that labour and are heauie loden Thereby shewing how great labour and what an intolerable burthen sinne imposeth for he saith not onely all ye that labour but also who are heauie loden The which the Psalmist expresseth more plainly and describeth the nature of sinne saying Mine iniquities are gone ouer mine head as Psal 38. 4. an heauie burthen they are too heauie for me And Zachary likewise where he
such slippery places where they haue falne and be supported so with Gods grace and holy Spirit notwithstanding our greater frailty and weakenesse that we may challenge all the world to accuse vs of any grosse sin If indeede he who hath professed himselfe the child of God and approued himselfe to be so by his sonne-like obedience should like the wicked make sin his way and trade defend it when he is reproued and continue in it without repentance this were a matter of deserued wonder but not so if walking constantly in the wayes of Godlinesse they sometimes slip get a fall especially when they plainely shew by their sorrow insuing that they are not pleased with their sin but hauing done the euill which they hated in the inner Rom. 7. 20 22. man do not continue in it but rise out of it by vnfained repentance But suppose for all this that professing sincerity we shall be wondred at of the world if we hap to fall into any open and scandalous sinne It is not better that with the godly wee should be wondred at for doing euill then that with wicked men our good actions should cause wonder For though it be our shame to sin and thereby to expose our selues to wonderment yet this wondring it selfe is rather a grace then a blemish vnto vs seeing men wonder not at matters common and ordinary but at such only as rarely happen We wonder not at profane rakehells when they breake their word lie sweare deale vniustly but to see one that is reputed iust and honest to doe thus at any time doth make all that know them to maruaile at it the reason is because it is common and ordinary in the one but very rare and a thing seldome or neuer before seene in the other And yet there is no man that is not gracelesse desperate who would not rather chuse so to carry himself as that he may be reputed an honest man though his faults are more obserued wondred at then so as to gaine the reproch of a wicked person although their faults being ordinary are little obserued and lesse maruailed at Though euery man wonder when he seeth a botching piece of work to come out of the hands of a cunning and curious artizan and maruaileth nothing at all if he should see such an one or worse come out of the hands of a bungler yet euery one desireth rather to be a skilfull workman and to be so reputed then a bungling botcher And though a spot be sooner seene in a beautifull face then in one foule and deformed or a blot and staine in a fine piece of Lawne or Cambricke then in some common rag or coorse canuas and a faithful seruant be more wondred at that is taken halting in some deceitfull action then when a false fellow doth so that maketh deceitfull dealing his vsuall trade yet euery one preferreth beauty with some blemish before foulenesse and deformity fine cloth though a little spotted before filthy worne-out rags and a faithfull seruant with his seldom slips before a dishonest fellow whose worst dealing rayseth no wonder because being his ordinary custome no man that knoweth him expecteth better fruits from such a bramble And so though our profession of godlinesse and indeuour to bring forth ordinary fruits of it in an holy conuersation should more expose vs to be wondred at when we fall through humane frailty and infirmitie yet this should not hinder vs from entring into this Christian course seeing it is a meanes to make vs stand more vpon our credit to restraine vs from all sin whereby we might blemish it and to keepe with Dauid a carefull watch ouer our selues that our hearts being found Psal 119. 18. in Gods Statutes there may be no cause why we should be ashamed And howsoeuer when we are ouertaken our faults are more obserued and maruailed at yet though our sinne shameth vs this wonder at it is rather our praise and commendation And when wee are at the worst yet our state is better and we preferred in Gods estimate and in the opinion of all that feare him before those who neuer tooke vpon them the profession of piety nor cared to bring forth any fruits of it in a godly life though their faults are little obserued or regarded and not like the others matter of table-talke because no man thinketh them to be any newes §. Sect. 7 That the duties of a godly life must not be delayed The last obiection which the flesh maketh is that it is yet too soone to enter into this strict course of a godly life seeing howsoeuer it may be necessary in due time and place to doe it yet the present time of our youth and strength is not fit for such austerity It cannot bee denied but that God must bee religiously serued but all in good time wee haue the day before vs and shall haue leysure inough to serue our selues and God too After wee haue better settled our worldly estate and attayned vnto such a proportion of wealth for our owne maintenance and those that belong vnto vs or haue delighted our selues with such and such pleasures then it will be more seasonable to sequester our selues from the world and to betake our selues vnto our deuotions And thus when the flesh cannot any longer hide from vs the profit and necessity of leading a godly life then it moueth vs to make delaies and to poast it off from time to time till at last we be preuented with vnexpected death and so perish in our sinnes Of this Augustine propoundeth himselfe as an example As no man saith hee is so sluggish that will in his iudgement preferre perpetuall sleeping before waking and going about his businesse but yet when sloth hath seazed vpon his members deferreth to shake it off though it bee high time that he should rise so I thought it better to yeeld my selfe rather to thy loue then mine owne lust but that pleased and ouercame me this liked me and held me captiue For I had nothing to answere when thou saidst vnto mee Arise thou that sleepest Ephe. 5. 14. stand vp from the dead and Christ shall giue thee light being conuinced with the truth but onely the words of the slothfull and sleepie Anon behold Modo ecce modo sine paululum Sed modo modo non habebant modum sine paululum in longum ibat Confes lib. 8. cap. 5. by and by let me alone yet a little But a little and a little exceeded all measure and Let me alone a little grew out to a great length For the answering of which obiection let vs know that the seruice of God in the duties of a godly life is a matter of greatest moment profit and necessity and therefore that it is great folly to put it off with delayes seeing all our life is too little for it For if God is so bountifull and rich in mercy that he is content to reward
this day and euer preserue me with thy prouidence from all dangers vphold me with thy Spirit that I fall not into sinne Direct me with thy Wisdome and strengthen me with thy power in all my thoughts words and workes that they may be acceptable in thy sight Blesse and assist me in the generall duties of Christianity and in the speciall duties of my calling that they may haue good successe and wholy tend to the aduancement of thy glorie the edification of my brethren and mine owne spirituall and euerlasting good Blesse thy whole Church and euery member thereof especially this in which I liue with all the Magistrates Ministers and people this Family and all to whom I am bound in any speciall bond of dutie beseeching thee to giue vnto vs all according to our seuerall necessities all those gifts and graces which thou in thy wisdome knowest needfull euen for Iesus Christ his sake to whom with thee and thy holy Spirit I ascribe all glorie and prayse power and dominion both now and for euermore Amen A Prayer for the Family in the Morning O Lord our God who by thine infinite wisdome and power hast created all things in heauen and earth and by thy gracious and all-ruling prouidence dost continually sustaine and preserue them wee thine humble and vnworthy seruants doe here in the mediation of Iesus Christ prostrate our selues before the Throne of Grace acknowledging that vnto thee belongeth all glory and prayse but vnto vs shame and confusion of face for whereas thou diddest create vs according to thine owne Image in wisdome holinesse and righteousnesse we haue falne in the loynes of our first parents from this blessed estate by transgressing of thy Commandement and thereby haue defaced thy glorious Image in vs depriued our selues of all happinesse and become liable vnto death of body and soule Yea wee haue deriued from our first parents not onely the guilt of their sinne but also the corruption of their nature which hath so ouerspred all the powers and parts of our soules and bodies that they are vtterly impotent and insufficient to performe any duties of thy seruice for which end they were created but most forward and cheerefull in the seruice of sinne and Satan From which roote of originall sinne wee haue brought forth those cursed fruits of actuall transgressions which we haue multiplyed against thy Maiesty by breaking all and euery of thy Commandements in thought word and deed euen from the beginning of our dayes to this present time Many haue beene our secret sinnes of which thou alone and our owne consciences haue beene witnesses and many haue wee committed in the view of the world to the dishonour of thy blessed Name and slander of our Christian profession Many haue beene our sinnes of ignorance the which vnto vs are vnexcusable because thou hast reueiled thy selfe and thy will so clearely vnto vs and many likewise haue beene our sinnes against knowledge and conscience and the good motions of thy holy Spirit Oftentimes haue wee sinned through frailty being surprized vpon the sudden with the violent and subtill tentations of our spirituall enemies and oftentimes wilfully aduisedly and deliberately after many vowes and promises of repentance and amendement We haue sinned against thee before our conuersion when as Satans throne being set vp in our hearts wee performed vnto him in all things cheerefull obedience and suffred sinne to raigne and rule in vs without any gainesaying or resistance and since wee haue beene called to the knowledge of thy Truth though wee haue submitted our selues as subiects of thy Kingdome to be gouerned by thy Word and Spirit yet haue we much failed in yeelding that obedience which is due vnto thee being so led captiue by our corruptions that wee could neither doe the good we would nor leaue vndone the euill we would not and though by thy holy Spirit wee haue cast Satan out of his Throne and vanquished the flesh with the lusts thereof so as they could not reigne ouer vs as in former times yet these enemies of our saluation doe still fight against our soules and being not quite cast out are as thornes in our sides and as prickes in our eyes disturbing continually our peace wounding our consciences and leading vs captiue vnto sinne And hereof it is that wee haue so often and vpon such slight occasions vtterly neglected the duties of thy seruice and when we haue set our selues about them haue done them so coldly and carelesly and discouered therin so many wants and weakenesses imperfections and corruptions that if thou shouldest deale with vs according to thy righteous Iudgement euen the best duties that euer we performed could not escape vnpunished O Lord our God make vs truely apprehensiue of our sinne and misery that we may humble our selues vnder thy mighty hand and turne vnto thee by vnfained repentance and not onely bewaile our sins past with vnfained sorrow but amend our liues for the time to come and so accept of vs in thy Best-beloued and whilest we are returning vnto thee meete vs in the way and like a tender Father imbrace vs in the armes of thy mercie Doe away all our sinnes and blot out all our iniquities and so wash and purge our defiled soules and bodies in the precious blood of thine innocent Sonne from the guilt and punishment of all our sins that they may neuer be layd to our charge neither in this world nor in the world to come Yea Lord let vs not only haue the benefit of thy grace in thy free pardon but also the comfort and peace of it by hauing it sealed through the inward testimony of thy Spirit in our hearts and consciences and for our better assurance let vs finde and feele the power and efficacie of Christs death and Resurrection thereby applied vnto vs as effectuall for our Sanctification as for our Iustification and for our freedome from the corruption of sinne that it may haue no longer dominion ouer vs and spirituall renuing vnto newnesse of life as well as from the guilt and punishment It is enough Lord and too much that Satan and sinne haue thus farre preuayled not onely for the bringing of vs into the state of death and condemnation but also for the condemning and crucifying of the Lord of life the nayling of his innocent body to the Crosse and the shedding of his precious blood Now Lord reward them as they haue deserued and pay them double into their bosome Breake the head of the old Serpent that though he hisse against vs with his tentations yet he may not hurt vs nayle our body of sinne vnto the Crosse of Christ and by vertue of his death crucifie our flesh and the lusts thereof that they may no longer haue dominion ouer vs but may like slaues be held in perpetuall subiection to our spirituall part Yea subdue the power of sin in all the faculties and parts of our soules and bodies Mortifie the corruption of our mindes and
neglect of the duties of thy seruice and our weake imperfect performances when we haue vndertaken them our profanation of thy Sabbaths and abuse of thine holy Ordinances our little profiting by those plentifull meanes of our saluation which for a long time thou hast graciously affoorded vs either for the increasing of sauing knowledge the strengthening of our faith or bringing forth fruits of new obedience our want of faith and feruency of spirit in calling vpon thy Name our want of reuerence and attention in hearing thy Word our many distractions and wandring thoughts our want of care to treasure it vp in our hearts and of conscience to make an holy vse of it in our liues and conuersations By all which and innumerable other sinnes we acknowledge good Lord that we haue iustly deserued to be depriued of all meanes of our saluation and that thou shouldest take away from vs the food of our soules and cause them to perish through Spirituall famine or that thou shouldest turne our meate into poyson and make it to become the sauour of death to our deeper condemnation which in it owne nature is the sauour of life vnto life and thine owne strong power vnto saluation But wee beseech thee good Lord for thy Sonnes sake to be gracious vnto vs in the free pardon of these and all other our sinnes and seeing hee hath fully satisfied thy Iustice by that all-sufficient sacrifice which he hath once offered vpon his Crosse be reconciled vnto vs in him and clense vs thorowly from the guilt and punishment of all our sinnes that they may not be as a wall of separation to stop from vs thy blessings nor as strong chaines to pull downe vpon vs thy iudgements and punishments either in this world or in the world to come And being thus freed from all our sinnes let vs deuote our selues wholly to thy seruice which that we may performe with greater cheerfulnesse and diligence let vs haue the comfortable assurance of this thy mercy in the remission of our sinnes sealed in our hearts by thy good Spirit witnessing vnto vs that we are thy children by adoption and grace And thereby not only seale vs vp vnto the Day of our Redemption but also sanctifie vs throughout in our bodies and soules by the mortification of the flesh and our spirituall quickening in the inner man that wee may in the whole course of our liues serue and please thee But in a more especiall manner we beseech thee good Lord to sanctifie vs that we may sanctifie this thy Sabbath and assist vs by thy grace and holy Spirit that wee may so performe the religious duties of thy seruice as that wee may bee made more holy and inabled vnto the leading of such a Christian life as may bee acceptable in thy sight Take away from vs the corruption of our natures wherby we are made backward and vntoward to the duties of thy seruice and make vs willing to sequester our selues from all worldly affaires that we may wholly be imployed in them Let vs reioyce in thy Sabbaths as being the time of our spirituall refection and the market of our soules and let vs not rest in a formall keeping of them but performe the duties required in them with all care and good conscience not onely in the outward man but with our hearts and soules in spirit and truth Free vs from carnall wearines as thinking the time long till they be past but knowing that time to be best spent which is imployed in thy seruice let vs take most comfort and contentment in it Inable vs good Lord by priuate preparation to fit our selues for thy publike seruice meditating on our wants that we may vse all good meanes whereby they may be supplyed and on our speciall sins corruptions that we may get spiritual strength against them and imploring the assistance of thy good Spirit that we may be inabled thereby to performe in an holy manner all duties which thou requirest Let vs keep an holy Rest vnto thee and abstaine not only from the ordinary workes of our callings and worldly affaires but also from all carnall pleasures and sensual delights Suffer not our thoughts to be taken vp with worldly or wicked cogitations but let our minds bee exercised in spirituall and heauenly meditations Set a watch before our mouthes that we may not on thine holy Day speak our owne words nor vtter any idle vaine worldly or wicked speeches but let our tongues speak to thy praise and be exercised in holy religious conferences tending to the mutuall edification one of another Let vs not content our selues with a meere cessation from our labours but refer this Rest to holinesse as the maine end thereof without which the outward rest is but vaine and with the externall let vs ioyne the internall rest from sin exercising our selues in repentance from dead workes Make vs carefull in vsing all good means which thou hast ordained for the sanctifying of thy Day both publikely and priuately and let vs with one hart and voyce ioyne with the rest of the Congregation in all the parts of thy seruice Inable all thy Ministers in all places and him especially to whose charge thou hast committed vs that they may break vnto vs the Bread of life and rightly diuide thy Word for our spirituall nourishment Furnish them with all gifts and graces necessary for their high calling and let them deliuer thy truth as in thy presence faithfully and powerfully truly and sincerely and so assist them with the inward working of thine holy Spirit that thy Word may be effectual for the conuersion edification and saluation of their hearers Inable vs by the same Spirit to call vpon thee with faith feruency and with all loue and thankfulnes to praise thee for all thy blessings vouchsafed vnto vs. Let vs with all due reuerence attention heare thy Word lay it vp in our harts and memories and bring forth the fruits of it in our liues and conuersations Giue vs grace also O Lord to sanctifie thy Sabbaths priuately by performing by our selues and in our owne families those priuate duties which are specially required on this thy Day Let vs meditate on thy Word after we haue heard it and apply it vnto our selues for our owne vse Let vs meditate on thy maruellous works of Creation Preseruation and Redemption but especially on the death and Resurrection of our Lord and Sauiour that they may be effectuall to mortifie our sins and to quicken vs vnto newnes of life Let vs spend our time in religious exercises and in the works of charity mercy as being those sacrifices wherein thou most delightest but especially in those spirituall duties which tend to the saluation of our owne and others soules taking care not onely to sanctifie thine holy Day our selues but as much as in vs lyeth that it may be sanctified by all those who any wayes belong to our charge Accept of our praise and thanksgiuing
liueth an entrance into thy Kingdome not onely by the assurance of faith and hope but also by letting him haue a liuely taste of those heauenly ioyes which thou hast prepared for him Moderate his griefes and paines that they may not hinder his soule from mounting aloft in diuine contemplations and secretly whisper vnto his heart sweet comforts by thy Spirit when as he is through weaknesse insensible of outward consolations Inflame his heart with feruent loue towards thee and his brethren yea euen his enemies for thy sake that he may bee assured that his sinnes are forgiuen of thee because thou giuest him grace to forgiue all men Strengthen him against the tentations of all his spirituall enemies and manifest thy power in his weaknesse by giuing vnto him a full and finall victory ouer them Frustrate the malice of Satan defeat his policies and confound his power that he may not preuaile against him in this last conflict Arme him against the feare of thy wrath and seuere iustice by assuring him that Christ hath appeased the one and satisfied the other Comfort him against the feare of death by perswading him that Christs death hath swallowed it in victory pulled out the sting thereof and made it harmelesse yea exceeding profitable as seruing now for a passage to glory and happinesse and by strengthening him to apply vnto himselfe these consolations by a liuely faith Weane his heart from worldly cares that they may bee no distractions to hinder him in his heauenly iourney and let the assurance and taste of immortall ioyes take away all lothnesse to leaue earthly comforts Set a guard of thy blessed Angels about him and let them serue as thy Messengers and Ministers to conuey his soule as soone as it is separated from his body into thy Kingdome that it may bee there crowned with glory and immortality Finally wee beseech thee giue vs all heere present an holy vse of these examples of our mortality that thereby our hearts being weaned from the world wee may make it our chiefe businesse to prepare our selues against the day of death and Iudgement that so wee may with ioy and comfort appeare before thee when thou shalt bee pleased to call vs to giue vnto thee an account of our Stewardship Heare vs we beseech thee in these our suits and supplications for thy Sonne and our Sauiour Iesus Christ his sake to whom with thee and thy holy Spirit be ascribed all glory and praise power and dominion both now and for euermore Amen A Prayer for Children O Almighty God and my most gracious Father in Iesus Christ I humbly confesse that I am a most wretched sinner and altogether vnworthy to bee in the Couenant of grace and saluation For I was not onely conceiued and borne in sinne and corruption whereby thy glorious Image was defaced in me but I haue added thereunto many actuall sinnes by breaking thy Commandements in thought word and deed whereby I haue deserued thy iust anger in this life and eternall death in the world to come But seeing thou hast vouchsafed to receiue me into thy Couenant of thy free mercy giuing me the signe thereof the Sacrament of Baptisme and hast sent thy Sonne Iesus Christ to dye for and by his death to redeeme the young as well as the old I beseech thee for his sake to pardon all my sinnes and to wash them all away in his most precious blood to receiue me into thy loue and fauour and to make mee thine owne child by adoption and grace Giue me thine holy Spirit to sanctifie rule and gouerne me that according to my age and small ability I may labour to serue thee Make me daily to increase in grace as I increase in yeeres inlighten my mind with the knowledge of thee and my Sauiour Christ and his truth Sow in me the seeds of faith and let it shew it selfe assoone as I am capable thereof in repentance and true obedience Make mee louing dutifull and awfull to my Parents and Gouernours and let mee learne by obeying them in my tender youth to obey thee in my riper age Giue me grace to hearken to their good admonitions and instructions and to profit and amend by their reproofes and chastisements Make me humble courteous and meeke modest and sober diligent to please in all good things and vertuous in my whole course of life that so I may increase in fauour with thee and all good men And as I beg these benefits at thy hands so I yeeld vnto thee all humble and hearty thankes and praise for all benefits both spirituall and temporall vouchsafed vnto me and namely for that it hath pleased thee to giue mee quiet rest and sleepe this night past and hast safely preserued mee from all perils and dangers to which my fraile life is daily subiect Continue O Lord thy loue and fauour towards mee for euer and especially this day take mee into thy fatherly protection preserue mee from sinne and perill and grant that being diligent and industrious in learning such good things as are taught me I may increase in knowledge and profit by instruction in such vertues and good qualities as are fit for me O Lord blesse and preserue my father and mother my brethren and sisters with all other my kindred and friends together with thy whole Church and grant that we may liue in thy fauour dye in thy faith and after death inherit the ioyes of thine euerlasting Kingdome through Iesus Christ our Lord to whom with thee and thy holy Spirit be all honour and glory both now and for euermore Amen FINIS Faults escaped in Printing Page 27. line 23. reade be in the Church p. 29. l. 12 r. internall booke p. 30. l. a fin 8. r. he hath made p. 33 l. 5. r. The will of God and l 7. r. will and most free p 28. l. 11 r. and make men p. 42. l. 12. r. Sunne p 30. l. 17. r. strong corruptions p. 52. l. 7. r. act of p. 57. l a fin 11. read end that we may p. 62. l. 23. returne to their p 66. l. 30. r. for the scanning l. 36. r. yet it neuer l. 39. r. bare act 41. Thesi p. 71. l. 3. r. strong wind l. 37. r. freed from p. 73 l. 4. r. when ceasing and l. 38. r. vpon vs. p. 74. l. 5. r. carry it quietly p. 75. l. 35. r. in a storme p. 85. in Margine l. 15. 16. r. bons viri p. 95. l. 24. r. not deuided and line 2â r. Chap. 2. Of piety which is the summe of the first Table § Sect. 1. page 125. line 17. reade dominion ouer all p. 125. l. 17. r. one lawfully and l. 33. r. not men p. 128. l. 16. r. God and vs. p. 138. in Margine l. 2. r. The manner p. 140. l. 13 r. dampe it p. 142. l 4 r in our neighbours p. 156. l. a fin 9. r. Frier like affectation p. 179. l. last r. any intercision p. 181 l. 7 r. in
Matth. 26. 33. secure in his owne strength before hee was tried but when hee seeth himselfe in some perill euery skar-crow maketh him afraid And as Pro. 28. 1. the true feare of God expelleth other feares like that winde which is strongest in a whirlewinde where diuers meete according to that of the Apostle We haue not receiued the spirit of bondage to feare againe Rom. 8. 15. but the Spirit of adoption and because as Saint Iohn saith perfect loue 1. Ioh. 4. 98. casteth out feare as the ayre giueth place to the good liquor when it is powred into a vessell and all other lights vanish at the appearing of the Sunne So contrariwise carnall securitie which is most contrarie to feare when it is vpheld with worldly safetie and peace doth giue place in the time of danger vnto it which being entred causeth vs to feare shadowes as well as substances and not onely that which hath being in truth but such false dangers as wee giue being vnto by imagination and fearefull apprehension According to the saying of the Psalmist There were they afraid where no feare was and that of the Psal 53. 5. wise Man The Wicked fleeth when no man pursueth but the Righteous Pro. 28. 1. are bold as a Lion §. 11 The seuenth signe is to run from God and to rest on inferiour meanes in danger and affliction The seuenth signe is when we run from God in the time of danger vnto secundarie causes and inferiour meanes which fayling we wholy distrust God as not able or willing to helpe vs and being forsaken on all sides we are wholy possessed with feare and so by it are plunged into despaire For as hee that truely feareth God for his Goodnesse All-sufficiency Iustice Mercy Power and Prouidence is moued by the same Attributes to put his trust and affiance in him in all dangers like the louing child who the more he feareth and reuerenceth his Father the more readie he is to flee vnto him in confidence of his helpe when any perill approcheth because the same motiues serue for both and as they who sanctifie the Lord of Hosts by letting him to be their feare Esa 8. 13 14. and dread may bee assured that hee also will be their Sanctuarie vnto which when they flee in time of danger they may be in safetie as the Prophet Esay speaketh So he whose heart is destitute of Gods feare and taken vp with carnall securitie neuer thinketh of those Attributes which seeme to worke in vs both feare and affiance but thinketh that God sitteth in Heauen not regarding what is done vpon the Earth and saith in his heart the Lord will doe neither good or euill The Zeph. 1. 12. which as it taketh away from him all feare of God so also all affiance neither will hee who hath neglected to reuerence him as his Father flee vnto him in time of danger with any confidence as his Patron and Protector but will rather cast himselfe vpon inferior meanes wherein he trusteth and flee any whither then vnto God from whom his heart being wholy estranged he expecteth no helpe at his hands in the time of trouble §. 12 The eight signe is contempt of Gods Ministers Lastly it is a signe of carnall securitie when as in our hearts we doe not reuerence his Ministers and Ambassadors who in the worke of their ministerie represent his Maiestie and in an especiall manner beare in them his Image For as he that truely feareth his King doth in the execution of their Office reuerence not onely the Lord Chancelor and Chiefe Iustice but euen the meanest Major or Bayliffe who represent his person and come in his name to inioyne that which he hath commanded so he that feareth the King of Kings reuerenceth also not onely the person of Kings and Princes because they beare in them the Image of his Power and Soueraigntie but also his Ambassadors who bring vnto vs his Word of Truth which hath no lesse power in spirituall and heauenly things then the word of the greatest Monarch speaking on Gods behalfe about things that are earthly and temporall for they haue authoritie giuen them to iudge the people Ezech. 20. 4. as the Lord speaketh to the Prophet and they haue a large Commission giuen them for the execution of their Office and ministeriall Function both for absoluing the penitent Beleeuer and condemning the vnbeleeuing and impenitent sinner not in their owne authoritie which the Popes challenge as belonging inseparably to their Sea and Place which inableth them to binde and loose absolutely without respect of persons penitent or impenitent or any condition to be obserued by the partie sauing such as respect the Popes profit but declaratiuely as Gods Messengers speaking in his Name according to that of our Sauiour Whos 's soeuer sinnes ye remit they are remitted Ioh. 20. 23. vnto them and whose soeuer sinnes ye retayne they are retayned In which respect it is an euident signe of a secure sinner whose heart is destitute of Gods feare when as he sheweth no reuerence and respect to his Ambassadour sent vnto them on so waightie a message which concerneth them as much as their eternall life or death Besides it argueth plainly that their heart is still possessed with carnall securitie who shew no reuerence vnto the Preachers of the Gospell for they are the onely meanes of awakning and rowsing men vp out of this spirituall Lethargie wherein otherwise they would sleepe to their euerlasting perdition and therefore it is not possible that any who haue receiued this great benefit by their meanes and ministerie but that for euer after they should respect and reuerence them who vnder God were and are the alone instruments and meanes of conferring and preseruing this benefit vpon them And so much for the signes of carnall securitie according vnto which if we carefully examine our selues we may cleerly know in what case wee stand and whether our hearts are possessed with the true feare of God or being quite destitute of it they be wholly taken vp with carnall securitie To the end that if we find our selues infected with this dangerous poyson wee may vse the meanes following as spirituall Antidotes to ouer-come and driue it from our hearts or if we find our hearts purged alreadie in some measure from it and indued with Gods feare wee may vse them notwithstanding that we may be more and more cleansed from this securitie and that the feare of God may be still preserued and increased in vs. CHAP. VIII Of such Reasons as may mooue vs to abhor carnall securitie and to vse all meanes either to preuent it or to be freed from it §. 1 That it is necessary to haue our hearts wrought vnto the hatred of this Vice IN the practice of physick it is a thing of greatest difficultie to discouer truely and throughly the disease of the Patient and the state of his body and yet this skill is most necessary
will Ezech. 34. 22 to 31. set one Shepheard ouer them and he shall feede them euen my seruant Dauid that is Iesus Christ the Sonne of Dauid hee shall feede them and he shall be their Shepheard And I the Lord will be their God and my seruant Dauid a Prince among them I the Lord haue spoken it And I will make with them a couenant of peace and I will cause the euill beasts to cease out of the Land and they shall dwell safely in the Wildernesse and sleepe in the Woods c. §. 2 The causes of spirituall securitie respecting our selues The causes of this spirituall securitie on our part are those vertues and graces receiued from God which haue the promise of it and make vs fit and capable to receiue and apprehend it when as the Lord of his free grace doth offer it vnto vs. The principall whereof is the Spirit of adoption crying in our hearts Abba Father which sealeth vp Rom. 8. 15 16. in our hearts the assurance of Gods loue and beareth witnesse with our spirit that we are children of God And if Children then Heires and Heires of God and Co-heires with Christ who as we suffer together so shall we be glorified together The which Spirit of adoption is opposed to the Spirit of bondage and freeing vs from all seruile feare doth inuest vs with the priuiledge and together with it the peace of securitie of the Children of God And this Spirit also is accompanyed with an whole Armie of spirituall Graces which taking vp and as it were manning the Fort of our hearts doe keepe them and vs safe and secure in all assaults of danger and the spirituall encounters of tentations so as they shall neuer bee able to make vs fall away or alienate vs from Gods vse So the Apostle Peter telleth vs that if we giue all diligence 2. Pet 1. 5 6 10. to make our Calling and Election sure by adding one Grace and Vertue to another this golden Chaine will so keepe and strengthen vs that we shall neuer fall that is neither from the estate of Grace in this life into the state of sinne and death nor from our assurance of the state of Glorie in the life to come into that miserable condition of condemnation and destruction §. 3 Of the particular causes of spirituall securitie first sauing knowledge But besides these Graces in generall there are speciall Graces which are the causes of this spirituall Securitie both because the promise of it is made by God vnto them and because in this respect wee become capable of it and fit to apprehend and receiue it when the Lord in mercy bestoweth it vpon vs. The first of these is the sauing Knowledge and remembrance of God and his sauing Attributes of Wisedome Power All-sufficiency Mercy Goodnesse Loue and Truth not onely as they are infinitely in God and of his Essence and Nature but as they extend and are exercised towards vs. For when we acknowledge and remember that God is infinite in all goodnesse and perfection is our God and we his Seruants and Children that he is infinite in wisedome and knoweth what is best for vs how to preuent all dangers to supply most fitly and fully all our wants and to deliuer vs most seasonably from all euill both of sinne and punishment that he is infinite in power and able to doe whatsoeuer he will and can at pleasure destroy our Enemies and defeate all their projects and purposes and arme vs with strength in our greatest weaknesse so as we shall be able to ouer-come them and withstand all their tentations that he is al-sufficient and by himselfe able to supply all our wants as well without as with meanes and a rich portion which is sufficient to make them who inioy him happy in the absence of all earthly good and presence of all temporall miseries that he is infinite in mercy goodnesse and loue towards vs in Christ and therefore as willing as able to doe that for vs which he knoweth to be best and most fit to make vs eternally happy and that he is also infinite in truth most infallibly verifying and accomplishing his Word and gracious Promises made vnto vs of Grace and Glorie temporall protection and euerlasting saluation then doe wee cast our selues securely vpon his prouidence for supply of all our wants protection from all dangers and deliuerance out of all miseries and afflictions So that as carnall securitie is caused through the ignorance and forgetfulnesse of God and his Attributes so Christian securitie which is opposite vnto it is caused by the knowledge acknowledgement and remembrance of them §. 4 The second cause a liuely Faith in Christ The second cause which produceth this spirituall securitie as the fruit and effect of it is a liuely faith in Christ and firme affiance and Rom. 5. 1 3. confidence in God For being iustified by Faith we haue peace with God and peace of Conscience and with them inward securitie and spirituall ioy euen in afflictions and tribulations So being by Faith ingrafted into Christ and become members of his body we may be secure in his power and protection assuring our selues that hee will preserue his owne members from all euill prouide for them all necessaries and defend them from the malice and power of all Enemies so as they shall not be able to hurt and destroy them which were to suffer a mayme in his owne blessed Body If we by Faith relye our selues vpon this Rocke of strength then though the Rayne descend and the Floods come and the Winds blow and beate vpon vs yet we are secure Matth. 7. 26. from all danger because wee cannot sinke or fall being founded vpon a Rocke If wee beleeue Gods Promises of preseruation and protection there is no cause of feare in the greatest extremities because we are sure of helpe and deliuerance which is certainly promised to all the faithfull according to the saying of Iehosaphat Beleeue 2. Chron. 20. 20. in the Lord your God so shall yee bee established beleeue his Prophets and yee shall prosper If beleeuing in God we put our affiance in him and cast our selues wholly vpon his prouidence and protection this will worke in vs this spirituall securitie For he that dwelleth in the secret of Psal 91. 1 2 3 c. the most High shall abide vnder the shadow of the Almightie Hee that maketh the Lord his refuge fortresse and trust shall bee deliuered from the snare of the Fowler and from the noysome pestilence Hee will couer him with his feathers and vnder his wings shall he trust his Truth shall be his shield and buckler He shall not be afraid for the terror by night nor for the arrow that flyeth by day c. because hee hath made the Lord his refuge and the most high his habitation There shall no euill befall him neither shall any plague come neere his dwelling For hee will giue his Angels charge ouer
things We must not thinke when wee are first bound to this spirituall trade that wee can learne and practise it in any perfection the first yeere when as seuen yeeres are thought little enough for manuall trades which are not so difficult to flesh and blood No liberall Art is gotten without much paines and study and many yeeres are required before we can bee any great proficients in any of the chiefe professions Diuinity Law or Physick and shall we thinke that Christianity which is the highest and hardest of all can be attained vnto in any perfection without much study practice and experience It is not possible Well may we deceiue our selues with shewes and shadowes and deceiue others with outward flourishes of a glorious profession but wee cannot otherwise attaine vnto any perfection in substantiall practice but by degrees and as possible it is at one leape to mount to the top of an high ladder which others climbe step by step as to come to the top and perfection of Christianity vnlesse we proceed from one degree to another If we would be wise builders we must not thinke that we can in the very beginning set vp the roofe and adorne the house within that it may be fit for habitation but we must finish our worke by degrees and after wee haue prouided store of materials holy desires and good resolutions wee must spend much time and paines in laying a sound and sure foundation large and deepe which being as it were vnder ground maketh no great shew to our selues or others euen that foundation of which the Apostle speaketh repentance from dead workes faith towards God and the knowledge of Heb. 6. 1 2. the principles of Christian Religion §. Sect. 2 Of the degrees by which we must aspire to perfection First we must see and feele our misery both in respect of sinne and punishment in the looking glasse of the Law wherewith being thorowly humbled and vtterly denying our selues in the worke of saluation wee must flee vnto Christ hungring and thirsting after him and his righteousnesse and then apply him vnto our selues by a true faith the which at the first like the hand of an Infant is weake in apprehension but by degrees commeth to more strength And if we proceed not by these steps wee build vpon a false or sandy foundation and our building in short time seeme it neuer so stately will become ruinous and our faith which at the beginning is in our conceit a full perswasion will by our fearefull relapse when we come to be tryed by the winds and flouds of tentation shew that it was at the best but carnall presumption If wee would approue our selues to be good grounds after wee haue receiued the seed of the Word into good and honest hearts we must keepe it till it haue taken fast rooting in vs and bring forth fruit with patience and not like those that are compared to the stony grounds who incontinently as soone as the Math. 13. 5. seed is sowne without any pricke of conscience or sound humiliation for sin going before doe receiue the Word with ioy and forthwith bringforth Luk. 8. 13 15. a greene blade of a flourishing profession which for want of root neuer commeth to bring forth fruit but withereth as soone as the sunne of persecution ariseth We must not be like meteors which soone after their first beginnings make the greatest shew nor like a fire of thornes which as soone as it is kindled giueth the fairest blaze and maketh the most noyse and crackling both which decrease by little and little till they disappeare and be wholly extinguished but like the morning light which shineth Pro. 4. 18. more and more vnto perfect day We must not be like mushromes which come to their perfection in one nights growth but trees of righteousnesse of Gods planting which are still in growth and bring forth most Psal 92. 14. fruit in old age We must not resemble Summer-fruits which are soone ripe and soone rotten and best of taste when they are first gathered but winter fruits and long lasters which are a great while in comming to their perfection and rellish best and giue wholesomest nourishment in their latter end We must be like Infants in the wombe which stay their time and come to their growth by degrees and not by making more hast then good speed proue abortiue births for as in nature there is a growth by degrees from the least to the greatest perfection both in respect of the body and mind from which common course of nature our Sauiour Christ himselfe was not exempted who is said to haue increased in wisedome and Luk. 2. 52. stature and in fauour with God and man so in our spirituall growth we cannot attaine to the pitch of perfection in our first beginnings but being then little children and weaklings in grace and goodnesse we grow from knowledge to knowledge from faith to faith and from one degree of grace to another vnto a perfect man and vnto the measure of the stature of the fulnesse of Christ Whereof it is that one of the Ancients saith I would Eph. 4. 13. Nolo repentè fieri summus paulatim proficere volo c. Bernard in Cantic not vpon the sudden attaine to my highest pitch but grow towards it by little and little For looke how much the rash impudency of sinners displeaseth God and so much he is pleased with the modesty of the penitent And therefore let vs not nourish in vs this fond conceit that wee either haue already or may in our first entrance into the course of Christianity attaine any great perfection vnto which others scarcely aspire after great paines and long time spent in spirituall exercises for this will but puffe vs vp with pride and make vs ready to despise and censure others which were in Christ long before vs whom we seeme to our selues to haue out-run whereby wee shall moue the Lord to deny his grace which being withdrawne we shall by some fearfull fal discouer our weaknesse It will make vs rest in that which we haue as though it were sufficient and not to labour and striue after more perfection and so keepe vs from being something by pleasing our selues in our owne nothing seeing all the seeming perfection vnto which wee haue attained is not grounded vpon fauing knowledge a liuely faith and a sound iudgement but a sudden flash of vnconstant passion and hath in it no substance and solidity but is like an empty bladder which is suddenly blowne vp with the wind of pride Or finally if we be awakened out of our dreame and vpon serious examination finde how farre short we come of our account wee are ready to sit downe discouraged despairing of comming to any perfection seeing wee haue scarce attained to the first degrees of it §. Sect. 3 That we must fit our burthen according to our strength The second rule is in the exercise of Christian duties
that wee fit our burthen to our strength so as we may be able to performe them in sincerity and truth yea with cheerfulnesse and delight and not oppresse our selues with an vnsupportable waight by taking vpon vs more then we are able to beare In which respect many offend especially young professours who being children in Christ and indued but with a small measure of the gifts and graces of Gods Spirit doe seeke to match and exceed those who are come to a ripe age and to a great measure of perfection in all outward duties of Religion and a godly life As for example because these being indued with a great measure of knowledge and grace besides excellent gifts of nature and both much helped and perfected with long practice and experience are able according to all occasions to conceiue prayers and to continue in them with perseuerance powring foorth their soules with great freedome and liberty of speech and spirit words comming at will and not being any stop in inuenting of them vnto their deuotion and feruency of affection but like streames from the fountaine flow freely and kindly from them therefore they also wanting knowledge and the spirit of supplication in any good measure doe notwithstanding tye themselues to the same taske and not onely contemning all formes impose a necessity vpon theÌselues of conceiuing all their prayers vpon the sudden but also of continuing and holding out as long a time in this exercise as those that haue been longest practised in it Vpon which it must necessarily follow that their deuotion and affection must bee much cooled and distracted when as the powers of their soule are taken vp wholly with inuention of words and matter and that through ignorance and want of gifts many things will be impertinent the same things often repeated because new matter commeth not to mind many imperfect and scarce sensible speeches without any order or coherence vttered to make vp the breach where knowledge inuention and memory haue failed them Others seeing some great proficients in godlinesse and long exercised in mortification strict in their courses denying the world with all vnlavvfull pleasures subduing their flesh vvith moderate fasting and abstinence and such like spirituall exercises they also though but newly entred into the profession of Religion will not onely labour to imitate but exceed and goe beyond them though not in invvard truth and spirituall duty yet at least in bodily exercise and outvvard shevv If they abstaine from vnlavvfull pleasures these vvill restraine themselues of those vvhich are lavvfull If they be moderate in their honest recreations these vvill not vse any at all If they subdue the flesh vvith fasting that they may be more fit for prayer and other parts of Gods seruice these vvill pine their bodies and so impaire their health and strength that they are made vnfit to performe any Christian duties vvith any cheerfulnesse If they auoyd immoderate mirth carnall ioy and scurrilous iests these vvill scarce admit a smile and place much of their Religion in continuall mourning in a sorrowfull and deiected countenance and in an austere carriage of themselues in all companies not knowing that as there is a time for mourning so also for reioycing that Christian ioy beseemeth none but Christians seeing they Psal 33. 1. Phil. 4. 4. onely haue interest and right in the causes of it and that wee may yea ought to reioyce in the Lord with a double ioy Finally they content not themselues to match in these outward shewes and bodily exercises those who farre excell them in inward graces nor to ouertake those who haue set out long before them in the race of Christianity vnlesse they quite outstrip them and leaue them farre behind The which must needs proceed either from spirituall pride which maketh them ouerweene their gifts and to thinke their strength fit for the hardest taske or from hypocrisie which maketh them to supply in outward shewes what is wanting in inward substance or at best from blind zeale which transporteth them beyond themselues and their abilities in a flash of passion But if we meane to hold on a constant course in Christianity we must auoyd this practice and being truly humbled in the sight and sense of our owne frailty and weaknesse let vs so begin as wee may continue and hold out to the end with daily increase in all grace and goodnesse Let vs so bee carefull to tame the flesh with due and seasonable seuerity as that we do not impaire our health disable our bodies to the seruice of God nor depriue our soules of all comfort whereby they are made cheerfull in all Christian duties Let our zeale carry vs as farre and fast as it wil but let it not ouer-carry vs beyond all bounds of spirituall wisedome and discretion Let vs not rashly vndertake a taske before we haue examined our strength whether it bee sufficient for it and ere we cast the burthen vpon our shoulders let vs poyze and waigh it that we may know whether wee shall be able to continue vnder it without fainting till we come to the end of our iourney Finally let vs so labour to bring our outward man to conformity in bodily exercises and externall duties with those which are greatest proficients in Christianity as that wee doe not forget to spend our greatest paines and strength in mortifying our sinfull lusts as pride couetousnes rash anger malice enuie vncharitablenesse and the rest and not onely to adorne our soules inwardly with all sanctifying graces loue humility patience zeale and such like but also to approue the truth and sincerity of them by our workes of piety righteousnesse and mercy towards the afflicted members of Iesus Christ For to neglect these and to bee strict in outward shewes and bodily exercises is as it were to bestow much cost vpon the outside of the house and to let the inside lye full of rubbish to decke the body and neglect the soule and life of Religion which consisteth chiefly in inward graces and the practice of them in the maine duties of holinesse and righteousnesse to esteeme the shell more then the kernell Math. 23. Quid prodest quod affligis corpus tuum quando nihil proficit cor tuum Ieiunare rigitare mores non corrigere Euseb Emissen ad Monach. Hom. 4 and to make our selues as our Sauiour compareth such like vnto painted sepulchers which are outwardly trimmed and gorgeously gilded and painted but within full of rottennesse and putrifaction What doth it profit saith one that thou afflictst thy body when as thine hart is neuer the better To fast and watch and not to mend thy manners is as if a man should bestow great paines without the Vineyard in weeding and manuring but leaue the Vineyard it selfe neglected and vnhusbanded and fit for nothing but to bring forth thornes and thistles §. Sect. 4 That we must exercise our selues in the duties of a godly life according to the measure of
blessing recompence our labour seeing at the last their heate will exceed and bring vnto vs more lasting comfort then if they had like wood that is seare been quickly kindled with much lesse labour §. Sect. 5 Of the meanes whereby we may feele our hearts affected with a liuely taste and sense of the things whereon we meditate And thus we see how we are to haue our hearts affected with a liuely taste sense and feeling of the things whereon wee meditate now the meanes whereby we may haue it wrought in vs are diuers First we must examine our selues in the court of conscience according to the rule of Gods Word how we haue profited and thriuen in those graces and in the practice of those duties or how we haue been tainted with those corruptions and how farre forth we haue been guilty of those sinnes whereon we haue meditated what defects in those graces and duties doe still remaine in vs or in the full and perfect mortification of our vices and reformation of our liues by leauing and forsaking of those sinnes which in our meditations we haue thought vpon By which examination as wee shall afterwards shew more at large we shall come both to a true sight of our graces and holy duties in which wee haue profited and of the progresse which wee haue made in the mortification of our corruptions which will affect our hearts with vnfained thankfulnesse vnto God by whose grace and assistance we haue been inabled hereunto and with the feruent loue of him who hath been so gracious vnto vs and with a liuely sense and feeling of our spirituall wants and of those corruptions and sins which yet adhere vnto vs that we may be truly humbled in the sight and feeling of our wants and imperfections and labour to come out of them by hearty repentance Secondly when by this examination wee haue come to a true sight of our wants and weaknesses and haue affected our hearts with a true sense of them wee must make an humble acknowledgement of them vnto God and our owne soules laying open our wants like distressed suiters before him who is only able to supply theÌ our spiritual wounds of sinne and putrified sores of corruption before the Physician of our soules who is All-sufficient and willing to heale and cure them With which humble confession our hearts will bee affected with a more thorow hatred of all our sinfull corruptions and with longing desires to haue all our wants supplyed and also with true comfort and inward ioy in the assurance of their remission and the satisfying of our desires seeing if we acknowledge our sinnes he is faithfull and righteous to forgiue them if we 1. Ioh. 1. 7. 1. Pet. 5. 6. Luk. 1. 53. humble our selues he will exalt vs and if seeing our owne emptinesse we hunger and thirst after grace and righteousnesse he will fill and replenish vs. Thirdly there must follow vpon this a lamentable complaint in respect of the grace wherein we are defectiue and the corruption and sin which doth yet adhere and cleaue vnto vs not so much in regard of any euill of punishment accompanying them from which we are deliuered through Gods mercy and Christs merits as because we haue by them offended and dishonoured our great and glorious God who hath been so gracious to forgiue them The consideration whereof must affect our hearts not onely with mournfull sorrow which must breake out into these bitter complaints but also with an holy anger against our selues which must shew it selfe by expostulating the matter with our soules by aggrauating our sinnes and wants and by rebuking their sloth and sluggishnes in neglecting the meanes which the Lord hath plentifully afforded vs for the mortifying of the one and supplying of the other Fourthly vpon this sight and sense of our wants and sinnes and complaint of our distresse and misery in regard of them there must follow a vehement and passionate wish whereby we are to expresse the feruency and earnest longing of our desires to haue that grace supplied or increased wherein wee finde our defect and that vice and sinne pardoned and mortified which wee feele still cleauing vnto vs crying out with Dauid in a patheticall manner O that my wayes were so directed that I might keepe thy statutes And againe Psal 119. 5 20. My soule breaketh for the longing that it hath to thy iudgements at all times And with the Apostle Paul O wretched man that I am who shall deliuer Rom. 7. 24. me from the body of this death The which wishes and longing desires will affect our hearts with much comfort in assurance of fruition seeing the Lord hath promised to satisfie the desires of those that feare and serue Psal 145. 19. him Fifthly vpon this must follow an vtter deniall of our selues and our owne strength and an humble acknowledgement of our impotency and insufficiency either to supply the defect of that good thing which wee desire or to remoue that euill and subdue that corruption which though we hate doth notwithstanding stil adhere and cleaue vnto vs confessing with the Apostle that we are not sufficient as of our selues so much as to think a good 2. Cor. 3. 5. thought and that whatsoeuer sufficiency there is in vs wee haue receiued from the Lord who alone worketh in vs both to will and to doe The which 1. Cor. 4. 7. Phil. acknowledgement being made with humble hearts and broken spirits is most necessary and profitable for to whom should we acknowledge our impotency and weaknesse rather then vnto him who is able to manifest his power in our infirmities and to giue vs such spirituall abilities that we 2. Cor. 12. 9. shall bee inabled to doe all things which hee requireth through the power of him that strengtheneth vs. Sixthly after this humble confession Phil. 4. 13. must follow earnest Petition whereby we must craue with all feruency at the hands of God that he wil so assist vs with his grace and holy Spirit and blesse vnto vs all good meanes which wee vse for the increasing of that vertue in which we are defectiue and for the strengthening of vs to that good duty vnto which in our selues we finde an vtter disability or for the mortifying of that vice and corruption which in our owne strength wee are not able to subdue and ouercome attributing vnto him the glory and praise of his owne power and all-sufficiency whereby he is able and of his goodnesse loue and truth wherby he is ready willing to supply by himselfe whatsoeuer is wanting and defectiue in our abilities The which feruency of our suits we must in sincerity of heart inforce with all importunity vrging and aggrauating our owne impotency and need of Gods helpe and his sufficiency to doe what we desire and truth wherby he hath bound himselfe to performe it Lastly out of the consideration of this all-sufficiency and truth of God we must raise
vp our soules which were humbled in the sight and sense of our wants and impotency to supply them with firme confidence breaking thorow all doubts and difficulties assure our selues that God who is so able and true of his Word will graciously grant these things which he hath commanded vs to aske and that as he hath inlarged our hearts with hearty loue and feruent desires after the more full fruition of that good or freedome from that euill whereon we haue meditated so he will perfect his owne good worke replenish that roome which himselfe hath prepared and satisfie those holy desires vvhich by his good Spirit he hath wrought in vs. Which confidence may mooue vs to reioyce in the Lord and to glory after an holy manner in the assurance of our victory ouer our corruptions and of our fruition of those graces wherein as yet we are defectiue and imperfect §. Sect. 6 Of the egresse and conclusion of our Meditation The last point to be considered in this exercise of Meditation is our egresse and conclusion which must not be sudden and abrupt seeing this were neither comely nor profitable but deliberate and by degrees And as Oratours prescribe in the Art of Rhetoricke and elocution that wee should begin with a low voyce quiet affections and action and so rising by degrees till we come to our highest pitch of extension and earnestnesse both of inward and outward motion not to breake off abruptly in this height but remitting both voyce affection and action by degrees so must we doe in this case for hauing begun our Meditation in intellectuall discourse with quiet mindes and calme affections and raised them to that height of feruencie and deuotion whilest we haue laboured to attaine vnto a liuely sense and feeling of spirituall taste in the matter whereon wee haue meditated we must not make an abrupt conclusion but with some remission of our former feruour compose our minds and hearts to their former quietnesse and calmnesse And first we must cast backe the eye of our minds to reuiew our former exercise and to examine how wee haue performed it and what fruit and benefit our hearts and soules haue felt and tasted in it And if we find that it hath well succeeded we are to congratulate with our owne soules in the ioyfull fruition of so great a blessing and to giue the whole glory to God by whose helpe onely we haue so well prospered in this exercise rendring vnto him with cheerefull hearts all praise and thanksgiuing for the gracious assistance of his holy Spirit whereby he hath directed vs in our course inlightned our mindes confirmed our memories inflamed our hearts and affections with his loue and true deuotion giuing vnto them a liuely taste and feeling of spirituall comfort in the things whereon wee haue meditated The which our thanksgiuing we may inlarge from the subiect matter of our Meditation as if it be some point of doctrine for inlightning our minds in the knowledge of that truth and inflaming our hearts with the loue of it if it bee some grace and vertue for reuealing the beauty excellency profit and necessity of it to our vnderstandings for causing vs to imbrace and loue it with our hearts and affections and for working it in some measure in vs by his Spirit if it be a duty for teaching vs his wayes and inabling vs to walke in them or if it be a vice and sinne for discouering to our mindes the deformity haynousnesse and danger and working our hearts to a true loathing and detestation of it But if we haue found many wants and weaknesses in the performing of it as dulnesse and blindnesse of minde wandring thoughts and worldly distractions coldnesse of deuotion deadnesse of affection and by reason heereof little taste of sweetnesse and of the fruit of all our labour wee are to craue pardon at Gods hands and to bee humbled in the sight and sense of our owne weakenesse and corruption And then labouring to finde out the causes of this vntowardnesse let vs resolue to vse our best meanes to remooue them against the next time that wee may performe this exercise with more fruit and benefit Finally we may conclude this whole exercise by recommending our selues our soules and bodies into the hands of God which some Writers on this Argument doe call Oblation or offering whereby wee consecrate and deuote our selues wholly vnto God desiring no longer to liue vnto the world or our owne flesh but vnto him that we may doe him seruice and in all things please him denying our owne wills that they may bee submitted vnto his and crauing his protection against all enemies who would hinder vs in this our resolution and direction and assistance in the whole course of our liues that all our thoughts words and actions may bee suteable and answerable both to our generall profession of Christianity and to those conceits desires and resolutions which wee haue expressed in our last Meditations And so reposing our selues with holy and quiet security vpon the care and prouidence of our gracious Father wee may profitably conclude this exercise by singing to Gods praise some part or verse of Dauids Psalmes suteable to our present disposition or the subiect matter of our former Meditation CAP. XX. An example and patterne of Meditation the subiect matter whereof is true and vnfained repentance §. Sect. 1 The reason of this choice what repentance is and the causes thereof HAuing thus set downe the doctrine of Meditation it now followeth that I propound an example of it according to the former rules and directions Where first we are to make choyce of the subiect matter whereon wee purpose to meditate and then to discourse of it with our vnderstanding and to feele the vertue and efficacie of it in our hearts the which must be done in a Soliloquie between vs and our soules or rather of the soule to it selfe after this manner Now that thou hast O my soule sequestred thy selfe from all society that thou mayest haue some secret conference betweene thee and thy selfe in the alone presence of God and thine owne conscience make choyce of some fit subiect whereon thou mayest spend thy paines and time with most profit for thy spirituall good that laying a good foundation thou mayest erect thy building with more ease and fruit And what fitter matter vpon this present occasion canst thou chuse to thinke vpon then vpon that excellent grace and duty of repentance which is the first beginning of a godly life and after it is begun accompanieth it vnto the end as a chiefe agent in all this worke Vpon what better argument canst thou meditate then vpon this which the Prophets and Apostles haue so much beate vpon yea which our Sauiour Christ himselfe thought so necessary and profitable that he did not onely make it the subiect of his owne Sermons but being to ascend commended it at his last farewell to his Apostles as the chiefest theame